COMPOSITIONS THAT INHIBIT PROLIFERATION OF CANCER CELLS

Abstract: Disclosed are compositions and methods for reducing the proliferation of cancer cells through targeted interactions with integrins.

Description: COMPOSITIONS THAT INHIBIT PROLIFERATION OF CANCER CELLS This application claims priority to United States Provisional Application No. 60/239,705 filed on October 12, 2000, entitled "Agents promoting apoptosis in cancer cells via interruption of oncogene-induced integrin signaling," which application is herein incoφorated by reference in its entirety and to United States Provisional Application No. 60/242,812 filed on October 24, 2000 entitled, "Agents promoting apoptosis in cancer cells via interruption of oncogene-induced integrin signaling", and which application is herein incoφorated by reference in its entirety. I. BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION In cancer cells multiple oncogenic lesions cooperate in malignant transformation. Such cooperation permits survival and proliferation of tumor cells in absence of contact with extracellular matrix (ECM), suggesting that tumor cell survival and proliferation have become independent of the engagement of integrin signaling by ECM. Carcinogenesis is caused by multiple cooperating genetic lesions leading to a progressive deregulation of cellular signaling and cell cycle restriction point control. The mutations involved result in oncogene activation or loss of tumor-suppressor gene function. Typically, single oncogenes are insufficient to cause malignant transformation because they simultaneously induce signals stimulating and inhibiting cell growth. As a result cell proliferation remains restricted. In contrast, cooperating oncogenic lesions act in concert to disable such inhibitory signals while reinforcing the growth-promoting stimuli. The co-operation of oncogenic lesions involves integration of multiple signals converging on the regulation of cell cycle-dependent kinase complexes (Lloyd et al., 1997; Perez-Roger et al, 1999; Roper et al, 2001; Sewing et al, 1997). Disclosed herein are compositions and methods that show survival of various transformed cell types requires cell-autonomous (autocrine) integrin signaling activity. This activity is induced by cooperating oncogenic lesions and involves induction of integrin receptor and ligand components such as integrin alphaδ and integrin beta4, and Iaminin5-gamma2 chains. Blocking of integrin or the laminin ligand function induces rapid apoptosis of the transformed cells, even when growing in presence of ECM. In contrast, normal cells remain viable when exposed to the same treatment. The disclosed compositions and methods are related to the cooperation of oncogenic lesions controlling the ability of transformed cells to proliferate in the absence of contact with the extra-cellular matrix (ECM). As taught herein, oncogenes cooperate to promote a cell-autonomous (autocrine) integrin signaling loop that proves essential for the survival of various transformed Gell types As this signaling loop is not established in corresponding normal cells, the signaling components of this loop constitute attractive targets for cancer therapy II. SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION In accordance with the puφoses of this invention, as embodied and broadly descπbed herein, this invention, in one aspect, relates to compositions and methods related to integrin mediated cancer cell growth Additional advantages of the invention will be set forth in part in the description which follows, and in part will be obvious from the description, or may be learned by practice of the invention The advantages ofthe invention will be realized and attained by means o the elements and combinations particularly pointed out in the appended claims It is to be understood that both the foregoing general description and the following detailed description are exemplary and explanatory only and are not restrictive of the invention, as claimed IH. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS The accompanying drawings, which are incoφorated in and constitute a part of this specification, illustrate several embodiments of the invention and together with the description, serve to explain the principles ofthe invention Figure 1 shows a series of schematics representative of the disclosed relationships and compositions In normal cells mtegπn receptors signal to suppress programmed cell death (apoptosis) when engaged by appropriate extra-cellular matrix (ECM) ligands When receptor- ligand interaction is lost, the cells undergo apoptosis due to the lack of survival signals (Figure 1- Panel 1) In cancer cells multiple oncogenic lesions cooperate to cause malignant transformation Such cooperation permits survival and proliferation of tumor cells independent of integrin reeeptor-ECM interactions This property has been termed anchorage-independence (Panel 2) We have discovered the mechanistic basis of anchorage-independence The transformed cells replace the requirement for ECM-dependent signaling with a surrogate integrin signaling loop on which they rely for survival In colonic epithelial cells, activation of Ras in combination with APC (adenomatous polyposis coli) or p53 mutations leads to induction of integrin receptor and ligand components such as integrin alphaό and laminin gamma2 chains As a consequence, laminin- dependent activation of alpha6 beta4 integrin receptors signals to inhibit caspase activity and thus to suppress apoptosis (Panel 3) Ablation of integrin alphaδ, laminin ligand function or alpha6/beta4 integrin receptor function induces apoptosis of the transformed cells, even when growing in the presence of ECM In contrast, non-transformed control cells remain viable when exposed to the same treatment, indicating that the dependence of the transformed cells on autocrine integrin signaling may be a particular feature of the cancer cell phenotype The essential role of alpha6 integrin extends to various transformed cell types including mesenchymal and SW480 human colon carcinoma cells. Thus inhibition of laminin/alpha6 integrin-mediated signaling is an important method to induce cancer cell-specific death in a variety of cell types (Panel 4). Figure 2 shows that oncogene cooperation protects cells from apoptosis. Figure 2A shows control, APCm, Ras, APCm+Ras cells that were detached from collagen IV substrates with Trypsin/EDTA and kept in suspension at 2xl 0 5 cells/ml in RPMI 10%FCS for 12 h at 39°C. Subsequently TUNEL analysis was performed on poly-lysine treated slides. The percentage of tunel-positive cells was determined by immunofluorescence microscopy. Figure 2B shows control, APCm, Ras, APCm Ras, SW480 cells were detached and maintained in suspension as described in (A). SW480 beta4 dn/Gal4VPER cells, express a 40H-tamoxifen-inducible dominant-negative form of the beta4 integrin. Cells were pelleted and protein extracts were prepared in 300 μl of 50 M Tris-HCl, pH 7.4; 1% NP40 ; 0.25% sodium deoxycholate; 150 mM NaCl ; 1 mM EGTA. 200 μl of extracts were incubated for 10 min with 2 μl of Caspase 3 fluorometric Substrate (Upstate Biotechnology). Vmax of caspase activity was determined by measuring the fluorescence at 460 nm after excitation at 380 nm for 1 h. Figure 2C shows laminin gammal and gamma2-specifιc peptides were added to APCmin+Ras cells at the concentration of lOOμg/ml. Caspase activity was measured as in (B). Figure 2D shows caspase 8 and caspase 9 activities were measured as in (B) using caspase 8 and caspase 9-specific fluorimetric substrates (Upstate Biotechnologies). Figure 3 shows alterations of integrin and laminin expression profiles in malignant cell transformation. Figure 3A shows integrin expression and figure 3B shows laminin expression. The indicated cell populations were cultured on collagen IV-coated dishes at 39°C in RPMI 10% FCS. Total RNA was extracted from 10" cells for each sample and used for RT-PCR (laminins, alpha4, gamma2 and GAPDH) or RNase protection. For RT-PCR, cDNA was subjected to 28 cycles (linear range) of PCR amplification. PCR products were analyzed on a 2% agarose gel. For RNase protection, 10 μg of total RNA was used per reaction. Products were resolved on a 4.5% polyacrylamide/lOM urea gel. Figure 4 shows alpha6/beta4 integrin is engaged by the laminin gamma2 chain to activate She (a src homology domain containing protein). Figure 4A shows cells detached from collagen IV coated dishes with 3mM EDTA (in PBS) were incubated on ice with the indicated antibodies for 1 h. Cells were then plated on 96well dishes coated with gammal or gamma2-specific peptides and were permitted to attach for 30 min in RPMI medium at 39°C After incubation, wells were washed with RPMI. The percentage of attached cells per well was measured by hexoaminidase activity after lysis of the cells in the well and incubation with the substrate p-nitrophenol-N-acetyl- β-D-glucosaminide for 5 h at 37°C. Figure 4B shows cells indicated were detached as in (A) and resuspended at 10^ cells/ml in PBS. After 1 h of incubation on ice, cells were pelleted by centrifugation 5 min at 900 rpm and resuspended in RPMI containing the phosphatase inhibitor pervanadate at lOμM. The cells were incubated with betal and beta4 integrin antibodies as well as the laminin gamma2-specific peptide for 40 min. Protein extracts were prepared and subjected to an immuno-precipitation with an anti-She antibody. Phospho-tyrosine was detected with a phopho-tyrosine-specific antibody in IP-western-blots (upper panels). The levels of She protein were monitored with a She-specific antibody reusing the same membrane (lower panels). Figure 5 shows integrin alpha6/beta4 and Laminin gamma2 chain expression is essential for survival of transformed cells. Figure 5A1 shows the indicated cell populations were infected at an MOI of 2 with recombinant retroviruses expressing anti-sense RNA for alpha6 integrin, the gamma2 laminin chain or a beta4 integrin dominant-negative mutant together with a puromycin resistance gene. After 2 weeks of selection with puromycin, colonies were stained with Gie sa and counted. APCm+Ras alphaβ and APCm+Ras p35 cells express the alphaβ integrin chain and the anti-apoptotic baculovirus p35, respectively. APCm+Ras cells were also plated on dishes pre- coated with a laminin gamma2-specific peptide. Figure 5A2 shows APCm+Ras hygro, APCm+Ras Bcl2 and APCm+Ras p35 cells express the hygromycin resistance marker, and the anti-apoptotic proteins Bcl2 or p35, respectively. The cells were infected at an MOI of 2 with retroviruses carrying the beta4 integrin dominant-negative mutant and a puromycin resistance gene, or the puromycin resistance gene alone. Cells (10^) were maintained in soft agar at 39°C for two weeks after which macroscopically visible colonies were counted. Figure 5A3 shows the indicated cell populations were infected at an MOI of 2 with recombinant retroviruses, drug- selected and maintained as described in Al . Figure 5 4 shows the indicated cell populations were infected at an MOI of 2 with recombinant retroviruses expressing anti-sense RNA for alpha6 integrin, the beta4 integrin dominant-negative mutant or the puromycin resistance marker. Cells (1 ( ) were maintained in soft agar and evaluated as described in A2. Figure 5B shows the effect of the alphaβ anti-sense RNA expression on the cell surface expression of alphaό integrin was monitored by FACS analysis using an anti-alphaβ rat monoclonal antibody and a F1TC conjugated goat anti-rat antiserum as the secondary antibody (upper panel). Expression of the beta4 dominant-negative mutant was confirmed by RNAse protection. A probe overlapping the c- terminal end of the beta4 dominant negative mRNA was used to measure beta4 integrin and beta4 dn expression in the same sample (lower panel). Figure 5C shows arf null mouse embryo fibroblasts (MEFs) that were infected with retroviruses expressing the oncogenes Myc and Ras. Cells were then additionally infected with a retroviruses expressing anti-sense RNA for alphaβ integrin or the beta4 integrin dominant-negative mutant as shown in (A). MEFS Ras/Myc/ArfnulI+alphaβ sense express the alphaβ integrin chain. Figure 4D shows SW480 human colon carcinoma cells that were infected as described in (A) using VSV pseudo-typed viruses. Infected cells were selected with puromycin in soft agar. Clones were counted 2 weeks after selection. SW480 beta4 dn/Gal4VPER cells, express a 40H-tamoxifen-inducible dominant- negative form of the beta4 integrin. The cells (10->) were maintained in soft agar for 2 weeks in presence or absence of 40H-tamoxifen. IV. DETAILED DESCRIPTION The present invention may be understood more readily by reference to the following detailed description of preferred embodiments of the invention and the Examples included therein and to the Figures and their previous and following description. Before the present compounds, compositions, articles, devices, and/or methods are disclosed and described, it is to be understood that this invention is not limited to specific synthetic methods, specific recombinant biotechnology methods unless otherwise specified, or to particular reagents unless otherwise specified, as such may, of course, vary. It is also to be understood that the terminology used herein is for the puφose of describing particular embodiments only and is not intended to be limiting. A. Definitions As used in the specification and the appended claims, the singular forms "a," "an" and "the" include plural referents unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. Thus, for example, reference to "a pharmaceutical carrier" includes mixtures of two or more such carriers, and the like. Ranges may be expressed herein as from "about" one particular value, and/or to "about" another particular value. When such a range is expressed, another embodiment includes from the one particular value and/or to the other particular value. Similarly, when values are expressed as approximations, by use of the antecedent "about," it will be understood that the particular value forms another embodiment. It will be further understood that the endpoints of each ofthe ranges are significant both in relation to the other endpoint, and independently of the other endpoint. In this specification and in the claims which follow, reference will be made to a number of terms which shall be defined to have the following meanings: "Optional" or "optionally" means that the subsequently described event or circumstance may or may not occur, and that the description includes instances where said event or circumstance occurs and instances where it does not. "Primers" are a subset of probes which are capable of supporting some type of enzymatic manipulation and which can hybridize with a target nucleic acid such that the enzymatic manipulation can occur. A primer can be made from any combination of nucleotides or nucleotide derivatives or analogs available in the art which do not interfere with the enzymatic manipulation. "Probes" are molecules capable of interacting with a target nucleic acid, typically in a sequence specific manner, for example through hybridization. The hybridization of nucleic acids is well understood in the art and discussed herein. Typically a probe can be made from any combination of nucleotides or nucleotide derivatives or analogs available in the art. B. Compositions and methods Disclosed are compositions and methods related to integrins and integrin signaling. It is shown herein that integrin alphaβ, integrin beta4, and laminin5, through at least up regulation of the beta and gamma chains of laminin5, are upregulated in cancer cells. Integrin alphaβ and integrin beta4 interact to form the integrin receptor, A6B4. The integrin receptor A6B4 specifically interacts with laminin5 and laminin5 specifically interacts with A6B4. Furthermore, it is shown that interference with the production or function of alphaβ, beta4, or the laminin gamma2 chain not only prevents proliferation of the cancer cells, dependent on the upregulation of alphaβ, beta4, and the laminin gamma2 chain, but that this kills the cancer cells as well. Alphaβ and beta4 signaling occur through the integrin receptor A6B4. Thus, interference with the formation of A6B4, will interfere with the function of A6B4, for example, the signaling of A6B4. Thus, disclosed are compositions and methods that interfere with the function of alphaβ, beta4, laminin5, the laminin gamma2 chain, or A6B4. Also disclosed are compositions and methods that interfere with the function of molecules involved with the signal transduction that is connected to either alphaβ, beta4, laminin5, the laminin gamma2 chain, or A6B4. Also disclosed are methods for reducing the proliferation of cancer cells, as well as methods of killing cancer cells that involve using the compositions disclosed herein that interfere, reduce, or eliminate the function or the alphaβ, beta4, laminin5, the laminin gamma2 chain, or A6B4 function. Disclosed herein is a relationship between two types of molecules in a cancer cell. The first type of molecule is an integrin receptor, composed of integrins, and the second type of molecule is a ligand that interacts with the integrin receptor, through the integrins. There are specificities that exist between the integrin receptors and their ligands. One aspect, disclosed herein is that when a cell goes from a non-cancerous state to a cancerous state, there is a co- upregulation of both the ligand (or parts ofthe ligand, such as subunits) and the cognate integrin receptor. The co-upregulation of both types of molecules creates an autocrine loop situation, wherein the signaling pathways controlled by the integrin receptor become autonomously activated, rather than exogenously activated, as would normally occur. The upregulation of both types of molecules creates a more fully transformed cellular phenotype in which cancer cell survival depends on the autocrine loop. Now therapeutic activities can target both points in the autocrine loop. Specific examples, of this co-upregulation in cancer cells are disclosed herein. For example, laminin 5 (both the beta and gamma2 chains are upregulated) and integrin receptor alphaβbeta4, laminin 10/1 1 and the integrin receptors alphaβbetal and alpha3betal As the Examples herein indicate which integrins, which integrin receptor, and which integrin ligand are involved in conferring cancer cells ability to grow m the absence of extra cellular matrix (ECM), also disclosed are methods using these integrins, integrin receptors and hgands to identify molecules that interact with them and/or interfere with their function 1. Compositions Disclosed are the components to be used to prepare the disclosed compositions as well as the compositions themselves to be used withm the methods disclosed herein These and other materials are disclosed herein, and it is understood that when combinations, subsets, interactions, groups, etc of these materials are disclosed, while specific reference of each various individual and collective permutation of these compounds may not be explicitly disclosed, each is specifically contemplated and described herein For example, if a particular beta4 or alphaβ is disclosed and discussed and a number of modifications that can be made to a number of molecules including the modifications to beta4 or alphaβ are discussed, specifically contemplated is each and every combination and permutation of these modifications and the modifications that are possible unless specifically indicated to the contrary Thus, if a class of molecules A, B, and C are disclosed as well as a class of molecules D, E, and F and an example of a combination molecule, A-D is disclosed, then even if each is not individually recited, each is individually and collectively contemplated Thus, combinations, A-E, A-F, B-D, B E, B-F, C-D, C E, and C-F are considered disclosed Likewise, any subset or combination of these is also disclosed Thus, for example, the sub-group of A-E, B-F, and C-E would be considered disclosed This concept applies to all aspects of this application including, but not limited to, steps in methods of making and using the disclosed compositions Thus, if there are a variety of additional steps that can be performed it is understood that each of these additional steps can be performed with any specific embodiment or combination of embodiments of the disclosed methods a) Integrins and their liαands For proper embryonic development, tissue homeostasis, and wound healing, cell proliferation must be tightly regulated, both in space and over time In particular, a cell must be able to sense its relationship to other cells and the extra-cellular matrix (ECM) and convert these positional cues into biochemical signals affecting the regulation of proliferation Because of their ability to couple the recognition of positional cues to the activation of intracellular signaling pathways, adhesion receptors, such as integrins and cadheπns, are likely to be necessary to achieve The integrins mediate cell adhesion primarily by binding to distinct, although overlapping, subsets of ECM proteins Normal cells require contact with serum-derived ECM components for proliferation, differentiation and survival (e g Clark and Brugge, 1995, Lin and Bissell, 1993, Paπse et al , 2000), a phenomenon called anchorage-dependence This involves signaling through integrin receptors (Hynes, 1992) Fibronectin and laminin as well as other ECM proteins are known to act as hgands for integrin receptors (Akiyama et al , 1990) Integrins are transmembrane proteins forming alpha-beta chain heterodimers Alpha and beta chain integrins are members of distinct gene families The ligand binding specificity of the hetero dimers is determined by specific combinations of alpha and beta chain gene family members (Hynes, 1992) Ligand binding triggers signaling of mtegπn receptors through the cytoplasmic tail of the beta chain via interaction with vaπous signaling components Integrins activate common as well as subgroup-specific signaling pathways (Clark and Brugge, 1995, Giancotti and Ruoslahti, 1999) In particular, while most integrins activate focal adhesion kinase (FAK), the αlβl, α5βl, αvβ3 and 6β4 integrins are coupled to the Ras- extracellular signal-regulated kinase (ERK) signaling pathway by She (Maimero et al , 1997, Maimero et al , 1995, Wary et al , 1996) She is an SH2-PTB domain adapter protein expressed in three forms, p46, p52 and p66, two of which (p46 and p52) link various tyrosine kinases to Ras by recruiting the Grb2/SOS complex to the plasma membrane (Pawson and Scott, 1997) Upon activation by SOS, Ras stimulates a kinase cascade culminating in the activation of the mitogen- activated protein kinase (MAPK) ERK (Marshall, 1995) ERK phosphorylates ternary complex transcription factors, such as Elk-1 and Sap- 1/2, and promotes transcription o the immediate-early gene Fos (Treisman, 1 96) In primary endothelial cells and keratmocytes, mitogens and Shc- lmked integrins cooperate, in a synergic fashion, to promote transcription from the Fos promoter Accordingly, ligation of integrins linked to She enables these cells to progress through Gl m response to mitogens, whereas ligation of other integrins results in growth arrest, even in the presence of mitogens (Maimero et al , 1997, Wary et al , 1996) She is like a binary switch controlling cell cycle progression in response to the ECM Moreover, integrin receptors have been shown to induce intracellular signaling leading to AKT activation supporting cell survival (Lee and Juhano, 2000) In contrast with normal cells, cancer cells generally are able to survive and proliferate in the absence of anchorage to ECM (Giancotti and Maimero, 1994), suggesting that tumor cell survival and proliferation have become independent of the engagement of integrin signaling through ECM Proliferation in the absence of anchorage to ECM of secondary rat embryo fibroblasts requires the cooperation of Ras and Myc or Ras and adenovirus E la oncogenes (Land et al , 1983, Ruley, 1983) Similarly, murine colonic epithelial cells require both activated Ras and mutation of the adenomous polyposis coli gene (APCmin) (D'Abaco et al , 1996) in order to proliferate in suspension Integrins are a large family of cell surface receptor molecules that function to mediate interactions between cells and between cells and the extracellular matrix Integrin receptors are heterodimers composed of two subumts, an alpha integrin and a beta integrin The heterodimer forms, is expressed on the cell surface, and acts to transmit signals obtained from interactions with the extracellular matrix or other cells, through the cellular membrane and into the cytosol of the cell The signal transduction that takes place occurs because of ligand interactions with the receptor Integrin receptors can have a number of hgands, including collagens, fibronectms, and lammms There are currently at least 18 different alpha integrins and at least 8 different beta integrins that have been shown to form at least 24 different alphabeta heterodimers Certain integrins, such as betal, interact in a number of different heterodimers, but many subumts only form a single heterodimer, either because of structural constraints on their interactions, or cellular expression patterns that provide only a limited number of potential dimer partners Disclosed herein are specific relationships that occur between a subset of integrins, integrin receptors, and their hgands The disclosed relationships, revolve around the alpha6beta4 receptor, formed by the alphaβ and beta4 integrins Of particular interest is the relationship between the ligand for the alphaβbeta4 receptor, lamιnιn5 The lamimns are made up of 3 chains, an alpha chain, a beta chain, and a gamma chain The specificity of the interaction between lamιnm5 and alphaβbeta4 receptor is controlled by the gamma chain Lamιnm5 contains a gamma2 chain which only interacts with the alphaβbeta4 integrin receptor Integrin alphaβ has seven ammo-terminal repeating segments that may fold into a seven unit beta-propeller, five n-terminal FG-GAP domains and three divalent cation sites The transmembrane domain is followed by a short cytoplasmic tail, that is alternatively spliced in A and B forms The alphaβ integrin chain also shows alternative splicing between repeat units IE and IV, resulting in the presence or absence of Exon X2 Integrin alphaβ is processed into a heavy and a light chain that are disulphide linked A representative allele of the human alphaβ cDNA is set forth in SEQ ID NO 1 It is understood that the disclosed functional domains as well as the others contained within alpha β are considered separately disclosed as discreet fragments of the alphaβ protein as well as the nucleic acid that encodes them Integrin beta4 contains a MIDAS-hke motif and four cysteine-πch repeats, three EGF like domains in the N-terminal extracellular domain a trans-membrane region and a long cytoplasmic tail containing two pairs of fibronectin Type III repeats The latter are connected by a variable segment that may undergo alternative splicing Integrin beta4 also undergoes proteolytic processing in its cytoplasmic tail, causing the 200kD mature form to be converted to 165 and 130kD fragments A representative allele of the human beta4 cDNA is set forth in SEQ ID NO 5 It is understood that the disclosed functional domains as well as the others contained within beta4 are considered separately disclosed as disci eet fragments of the beta4 protein as well as the nucleic acid that encodes them Lamιnm5 is composed ofthe laminin chains alpha3, beta3 and gamma2 Lamιnm5 can may contain either the shorter lammm alpha3A chain or the longer alpha3B chain Lamιnιn5 can also be trimmed by proteolytic processing of the N-termmal portion of its alpha3A chain and the N-terminal portion ofthe gamma2 chain The Lammm gamma2 chain contains at least six lammin EGF-hke domains (Domains III and V) with an embedded lammm B domain (Domain IV) withm the N-termmal half The c-termmal tail contains a coiled-coil domain The N-terminal processed portion of the gamma2 chain is sufficient to bind to and activate the integrin alphaβ/beta4 receptor A representative allele of the human Iamιnιn5-gamma2 cDNA is set forth in SEQ ID NO 13 It is understood that the disclosed functional domains as well as the others contained withm the lamιnιn5 protein and Iamιnιn5-gamma2 protein are considered separately disclosed as discreet fragments ofthe lamιnm5 protein and Iamιnιn5-gamma2 protein as well as and the nucleic acid that encodes them Disclosed are compositions and methods for inhibiting integrin signaling, for example, mtegrin signaling dependent on alphaβ and beta4 integrins For example, compositions and methods that inhibit mtegrin receptor signaling from, for example, the alphaβbeta4 integrin receptor are disclosed It is also understood that the integrin receptor signaling can be affected by, for example, interfering with a molecule, such as a ligand for the mtegrin receptor, or a downstream signaling molecule of the mtegrin receptor in a way that prevents the integrin receptor signal from being fully propagated It is understood that the compositions and methods for inhibition of integrin signaling and function can be any composition or method that ultimately inhibits the cell proliferation in which the integrin is expressed, by for example killing the cell It is understood that the compositions and methods typically can fall into three basic non-limiting classes of function regulators, which are discussed herein (1 ) Classes (a) Production regulators Production regulators is a broad class of integrin function regulators that are directed at the production of the target integrin, by for example, preventing mRNA synthesis or expression of the target mtegrin, or by causing mRNA degradation of the target integrin which inhibits the translation of the target mtegrin While production regulators, can be any type of molecule targeting any point in the mtegrin production pathway, typically these types of compositions will target either the mRNA expression or the protein expression of the mtegrin For example, if beta4 integrin, alphaβ integrin, or the gamma2 subunit of laminmS, which has been shown herein to be upregulated in cancer cells and which causes the cancer cell to be able to live in the absence of the ECM, was the target integrin, a typical production regulator of beta4 integrin, alphaβ integrin, or the gamma2 subunit of lamιnιn5 would be for example, an antisense molecule that targeted the mRNA of beta4 mtegrin, alphaβ integrin, or the gamma2 subunit of lamιnιn5 It is also understood that a production regulator could also target any molecule that is disclosed herein, or is within the signaling chain associated with a target integrin or integrin receptor For example, the inhibition of the production ofthe ligand for a target mtegrin receptor is one way of inhibiting integrin function of that receptor Thus, production regulators can either inhibit or enhance mtegrin production (b) Integrin to integrin regulators Another type of mtegrin function regulator is an lntegπn-integrin regulator This type of function regulator, typically prevents integrins from interacting to form a functional integrin receptor For example, an integrin to mtegrin regulator could be a composition that would interact with beta4 in a way that would prevent beta4 from interacting with alphaβ to form the alphaβbeta4 integrin receptor or it could be a composition that would interact with alphaβ m a way that would prevent alphaβ from interacting with beta4 to form the alphaβbeta4 mtegrin receptor It is also contemplated that the function regulators of the mtegrin to integrin interaction can affect the signaling pathways dependent on mtegrin receptors containing alphβ or beta4 integrins It is not required that an integrin to integrin regulator prevent an integrin from interacting with all of the possible integrin partners it could interact with, just that it prevent the interaction o the target integrin with another specific mtegrin For example, the mtegrin alphaβ interacts with betal integrin and beta4 integrin In certain embodiments the compositions interfere with alphaβ-beta4 interactions but do not interfere with alphaβ-betal interactions (c) Integrin to other molecule regulators The third class of function regulators are the mtegrin to other molecule regulators These compositions are designed to specifically interfere with molecules such as small molecule hgands or other proteins that interact with the integrin or integrin receptor For example, an integrin to other molecule regulator might target a ligand for a particular mtegrin receptor, such as the alphaβbeta4 receptor The ligand for the alpha6beta4 receptor is lamιnιn5 or the lammm gamma2 chain Compositions that interact with lamιnιn5 such that lammιn5 or the lammin gamma2 chain interactions with alpha6beta4 are inhibited or reduced are specifically contemplated herein Likewise, there are other molecules, such as She molecules, that also interact with integrins, such as the alpha6beta4 receptor Compositions that specifically interact with the She molecules such that they prevent the appropriate interactions between the She molecule and the alpha6beta4 receptor are disclosed (2) Types lust as there are different general classes of molecules that can regulate (such as by inhibition) the function of the disclosed integrins and integrin receptors, so to there are many different types of molecules that perform that regulation For example, any molecule that can perform the regulation of for example, the disclosed integrins, mtegrm receptors, or signaling pathways produced by the disclosed integrins and mtegrin receptors are contemplated For example, antibodies or small molecules which inhibit the disclosed compositions are herein disclosed Also disclosed are, for example, functional nucleic acids, such as πbozymes or antisense molecules that can inhibit the disclosed mtegrm function in a variety of ways A non- limiting list of exemplary molecules is discussed herein (a) Antibodies Antibodies can be used to regulate, for example, the function of the disclosed integrins and mtegrin receptors, molecules that interact with the disclosed integrin receptors, and molecules in the signaling pathways of the disclosed mtegrm receptors As used herein, the term "antibody" encompasses, but is not limited to, whole immunoglobulin (l e , an intact antibody) of any class Native antibodies are usually heterotetrameπc glycoprotems, composed of two identical light (L) chains and two identical heavy (H) chains Typically, each light chain is linked to a heavy chain by one covalent disulfide bond, while the number of disulfide linkages varies between the heavy chains of different immunoglobulin lsotypes Each heavy and light chain also has regularly spaced lntracham disulfide bridges Each heavy chain has at one end a variable domain (V(H)) followed by a number of constant domains Each light chain has a variable domain at one end (V(L)) and a constant domain at its other end, the constant domain of the light chain is aligned with the first constant domain of the heavy chain, and the light chain variable domain is aligned with the variable domain of the heavy chain Particular ammo acid residues are believed to form an interface between the light and heavy chain variable domains The light chains of antibodies from any vertebrate species can be assigned to one of two clearly distinct types, called kappa (k) and lambda (1), based on the ammo acid sequences of their constant domains Depending on the ammo acid sequence of the constant domain of their heavy chains, immunoglobulins can be assigned to different classes There are five major classes of human immunoglobulins IgA, IgD, IgE, IgG and IgM, and several of these may be further divided into subclasses (isotypes), e g , IgG-1, IgG-2, IgG-3, and IgG-4, IgA- 1 and IgA-2 One skilled in the art would recognize the comparable classes for mouse The heavy chain constant domains that correspond to the different classes of immunoglobulins are called alpha, delta, epsilon, gamma, and u, respectively Antibodies can be either polyclonal or monoclonal Polyclonal antibodies, typically are derived from the serum of an animal that has been immunogenically challenged, and monoclonal antibodies are derived as discussed herein The term "variable" is used herein to describe certain portions ofthe variable domains that differ in sequence among antibodies and are used in the binding and specificity of each particular antibody for its particular antigen However, the variability is not usually evenly distributed through the variable domains of antibodies It is typically concentrated in three segments called complementarity determining regions (CDRs) or hypervaπable regions both in the light chain and the heavy chain variable domains The more highly conserved portions of the variable domains are called the framework (FR) The variable domains of native heavy and light chains each comprise four FR regions, largely adopting a b-sheet configuration, connected by three CDRs, which form loops connecting, and m some cases forming part of, the b-sheet structure The CDRs in each chain are held together in close proximity by the FR regions and, with the CDRs from the other chain, contribute to the formation of the antigen binding site of antibodies (see Kabat E A et al , "Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest," National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md (1987)) The constant domains are not involved directly in binding an antibody to an antigen, but exhibit various effector functions, such as participation of the antibody in antibody-dependent cellular toxicity As used herein, the term "antibody or fragments thereof encompasses chimeric antibodies and hybrid antibodies, with dual or multiple antigen or epitope specificities, and fragments, such as F(ab')2, Fab', Fab and the like, including hybrid fragments Thus, fragments of the antibodies that retain the ability to bind their specific antigens are provided For example, fragments of antibodies which maintain EphA2 binding activity are included within the meaning ofthe term "antibody or fragment thereof " Such antibodies and fragments can be made by techniques known in the art and can be screened for specificity and activity according to the methods set forth in the Examples and in general methods for producing antibodies and screening antibodies for specificity and activity (See Harlow and Lane Antibodies, A Laboratory Manual Cold Spring Harbor Publications, New York, (1988)) Also mcluded within the meaning of "antibody or fragments thereof are conjugates of antibody fragments and antigen binding proteins (single chain antibodies) as described, for example, in U S Pat No 4,704,692, the contents of which are hereby incoφorated by reference Single chain divalent antibodies are also provided Optionally, the antibodies are generated in other species and "humanized" for administration in humans Humanized forms of non-human (e g , murine) antibodies are chimeric immunoglobulins, immunoglobulin chains or fragments thereof (such as Fv, Fab, Fab', F(ab')2, or other antigen binding subsequences of antibodies) which contain minimal sequence derived from non human immunoglobulin Humanized antibodies include human immunoglobulins (recipient antibody) in which residues from a complementary determining region (CDR) of the recipient are replaced by residues from a CDR of a non-human species (donor antibody) such as mouse, rat or 5 rabbit having the desired specificity, affinity and capacity In some instances, Fv framework residues of the human immunoglobulin are replaced by corresponding non-human residues Humanized antibodies may also comprise residues that are found neither in the recipient antibody nor in the imported CDR or framework sequences In general, the humanized antibody will comprise substantially all of at least one, and typically two, variable domains, in which all or 10 substantially all of the CDR regions correspond to those of a non-human immunoglobulin and all or substantially all of the FR regions are those of a human immunoglobulin consensus sequence The humanized antibody optimally also will comprise at least a portion of an immunoglobulin constant region (Fc), typically that of a human immunoglobulin (Jones et al , Nature, 321 522-525 (1986), Riechmann et al , Nature, 332 323-327 (1988), and Presta, Curr Op Struct Biol , 2 593- 15 596 (1992)) Methods for humanizing non-human antibodies are well known in the art Generally, a humanized antibody has one or more amino acid residues introduced into it from a source that is non-human These non-human amino acid residues are often referred to as "import" residues, which are typically taken from an "import" variable domain Humamzation can be essentially 0 performed following the method of Winter and co-workers (Jones et al , Nature, 321 522-525 (1986), Riechmann et al , Nature, 332 323-327 (1988), Verhoeyen et al , Science, 239 1534-1536 (1988)), by substituting rodent CDRs or CDR sequences for the corresponding sequences of a human antibody Accordingly, such "humanized" antibodies are chimeric antibodies (U S Pat No 4,816,567), wherein substantially less than an intact human variable domain has been 5 substituted by the corresponding sequence from a non-human species In practice, humanized antibodies are typically human antibodies in which some CDR residues and possibly some FR residues are substituted by residues from analogous sites in rodent antibodies The choice of human variable domains, both light and heavy, to be used in making the humanized antibodies is very important in order to reduce antigenicity According to the "best-fit" 0 method, the sequence of the variable domain of a rodent antibody is screened against the entire library of known human variable domain sequences The human sequence which is closest to that of the rodent is then accepted as the human framework (FR) for the humanized antibody (Sims et al , J Immunol , 151 2296 (1993) and Chothia et al , J Mol Biol , 196 901 (1987)) Another method uses a particular framework derived from the consensus sequence of all human antibodies 5 of a particular subgroup of light or heavy chains The same framework may be used for several different humanized antibodies (Carter et al , Proc Natl Acad Sci USA, 89 4285 (1992), Presta et al , J Immunol , 151 2623 (1993)) It is further important that antibodies be humanized with retention of high affinity for the antigen and other favorable biological properties To achieve this goal, according to a preferred method, humanized antibodies are prepared by a process of analysis of the parental sequences and various conceptual humanized products using three dimensional models of the parental and humanized sequences Three dimensional immunoglobulin models are commonly available and are familiar to those skilled in the art Computer programs are available which illustrate and display probable three-dimensional conformational structures of selected candidate immunoglobulin sequences Inspection of these displays permits analysis of the likely role ofthe residues in the functioning of the candidate immunoglobulin sequence, l e , the analysis of residues that influence the ability of the candidate immunoglobulin to bind its antigen In this way, FR residues can be selected and combined from the consensus and import sequence so that the desired antibody characteristic, such as increased affinity for the target anhgen(s), is achieved In general, the CDR residues are directly and most substantially involved in influencing antigen binding (see, WO 94/04679, published 3 March 1994) Transgenic animals (e g , mice) that are capable, upon immunization, of producing a full repertoire of human antibodies in the absence of endogenous immunoglobulin production can be employed For example, it has been described that the homozygous deletion of the antibody heavy chain joining region (J(H)) gene in chimeric and germ-line mutant mice results in complete inhibition of endogenous antibody production Transfer of the human germ-line immunoglobulin gene array in such germ line mutant mice will result in the production of human antibodies upon antigen challenge (see, e g , Jakobovits et al , Proc Natl Acad Sci USA, 90 2551 255 (1993), Jakobovits et al , Nature, 362 255-258 (1993), Bruggemann et al , Year in Immuno , 7 33 (1993)) Human antibodies can also be produced in phage display libraries (Hoogenboom et al , J Mol Biol , 227 381 (1991), Marks et al , J Mol Biol , 222 581 (1991)) The techniques of Cote et al and Boerner et al are also available for the preparation of human monoclonal antibodies (Cole et al , Monoclonal Antibodies and Cancer Therapy, Alan R Liss, p 77 (1985), Boerner et al , J Immunol , 147(1) 86-95 (1991)) The present invention further provides a hybridoma cell that produces the monoclonal antibody of the invention The term "monoclonal antibody' as used herein refers to an antibody obtained from a substantially homogeneous population of antibodies, I e , the individual antibodies comprising the population are identical except for possible naturally occurring mutations that may be present in minor amounts The monoclonal antibodies herein specifically include "chimeric" antibodies in which a portion of the heavy and/or light chain is identical with or homologous to corresponding sequences in antibodies dem ed from a particular species or belonging to a particular antibody class or subclass, while the remainder of the cham(s) is identical with or homologous to corresponding sequences in antibodies derived from another species or belonging to another antibody class or subclass, as well as fragments of such antibodies, so long as they exhibit the desired activity (See, U S Pat No 4,816,567 and Morrison et al , Proc Natl Acad Sci USA, 81 6851 -6855 ( 1984)) Monoclonal antibodies of the invention may be prepared using hybridoma methods, such as those described by Kohler and Milstein, Nature, 256 495 (1975) or Harlow and Lane Antibodies, A Laboratory Manual Cold Spring Harbor Publications, New York, (1988) In a hybridoma method, a mouse or other appropriate host animal, is typically immunized with an immunizing agent to elicit lymphocytes that produce or are capable of producing antibodies that will specifically bind to the immunizing agent Alternatively, the lymphocytes may be immunized in vitro Preferably, the immunizing agent comprises EphA2 Traditionally, the generation of monoclonal antibodies has depended on the availability of purified protein or peptides for use as the immunogen More recently DNA based immunizations have shown promise as a way to elicit strong immune responses and generate monoclonal antibodies In this approach, DNA-based immunization can be used, wherein DNA encoding a portion of EphA2 expressed as a fusion protein with human IgGl is injected into the host animal according to methods known in the art (e g , Kilpatπck KE, et al Gene gun delivered DNA-based immunizations mediate rapid production of murine monoclonal antibodies to the Flt-3 receptor Hybridoma 1998 Dec, 17(6) 569-76, Kilpatrick KE et al High-affinity monoclonal antibodies to PED/PEA-15 generated using 5 microg of DNA Hybridoma 2000 Aug,19(4) 297-302, which are incoφorated herein by referenced in full for the methods of antibody production) An alternate approach to immunizations with either purified protein or DNA is to use antigen expressed in baculovirus The advantages to this system include ease of generation, high levels of expression, and post-translational modifications that are highly similar to those seen in mammalian systems Use of this system involves expressing domains of EphA2 antibody as fusion proteins The antigen is produced by inserting a gene fragment in-frame between the signal sequence and the mature protein domain of the EphA2 antibody nucleotide sequence This results in the display of the foreign proteins on the surface of the viπon This method allows immunization with whole virus, eliminating the need for purification of target antigens Generally, peripheral blood lymphocytes ("PBLs") are used m methods of producing monoclonal antibodies if cells of human origin are desired, or spleen cells or lymph node cells are used if non-human mammalian sources are desired The lymphocytes are then fused with an immortalized cell line using a suitable fusing agent, such as polyethylene glycol, to form a hybridoma cell (God g, "Monoclonal Antibodies Principles and Practice" Academic Press, (1986) pp 59- 103) Immortalized cell lines are usually transformed mammalian cells, including myeloma cells of rodent, bovine, equine, and human origin Usually, rat or mouse myeloma cell lines are employed The hybridoma cells may be cultured in a suitable culture medium that preferably contains one or more substances that inhibit the growth or survival of the unfused, immortalized cells For example, if the parental cells lack the enzyme hypoxanthme guanine phosphoπbosyl transferase (HGPRT or HPRT), the culture medium for the hybπdomas typically will include hypoxanthme, aminopterm, and fhymidine ("HAT medium"), which substances prevent the growth of HGPRT-deficient cells Preferred immortalized cell lines are those that fuse efficiently, support stable high level expression of antibody by the selected antibody-producing cells, and are sensitive to a medium such as HAT medium More preferred immortalized cell lines are murine myeloma lines, which can be obtained, for instance, from the Salk Institute Cell Distribution Center, San Diego, Calif and the American Type Culture Collection, Rockville, Md Human myeloma and mouse-human heteromyeloma cell lines also have been described for the production of human monoclonal antibodies (Kozbor, J Immunol , 133 3001 (1984), Brodeur et al , "Monoclonal Antibody Production Techniques and Applications" Marcel Dekker, Inc , New York, (1987) pp 51-63) The culture medium in which the hybridoma cells are cultured can then be assayed for the presence of monoclonal antibodies directed against EphA2 Preferably, the binding specificity of monoclonal antibodies produced by the hybridoma cells is determined by immunoprecipitation or by an in vitro binding assay, such as radioimmunoassay (RIA) or enzyme-linked immunoabsorbent assay (ELISA) Such techniques and assays are known in the art, and are described further in the Examples below or m Harlow and Lane "Antibodies, A Laboratory Manual" Cold Spring Harbor Publications, New York, (1988) After the desired hybridoma cells are identified, the clones may be subcloned by limiting dilution or FACS sorting procedures and grown by standard methods Suitable culture media for this puφose include, for example, Dulbecco s Modified Eagle's Medium and RPMI-1640 medium Alternatively, the hybridoma cells may be grown in vivo as ascites in a mammal The monoclonal antibodies secreted by the subclones may be isolated or purified from the culture medium or ascites fluid by conventional immunoglobulin purification procedures such as, for example, protein A-Sepharose, protein G, hydroxylapatite chromatography, gel electrophoresis, dialysis, or affinity chromatography The monoclonal antibodies may also be made by recombinant DNA methods, such as those described in U S Pat No 4,816,567 DNA encoding the monoclonal antibodies of the invention can be readily isolated and sequenced using conventional procedures (e g , by using oligonucleotide probes that are capable of binding specifically to genes encoding the heavy and light chains of murine antibodies) The hybridoma cells of the invention serve as a preferred source of such DNA Once isolated, the DNA may be placed into expression vectors, which are then transfected into host cells such as simian COS cells, Chinese hamster ovary (CHO) cells, plasmacytoma cells, or myeloma cells that do not otherwise produce immunoglobulin protein, to obtain the synthesis of monoclonal antibodies in the recombinant host cells The DNA also may be modified, for example, by substituting the coding sequence for human heavy and light chain constant domains in place of the homologous murine sequences (U S Pat No 4,816,567) or by covalently joining to the immunoglobulin coding sequence all or part of the coding sequence for a non-immunoglobulin polypeptide Optionally, such a non-immunoglobulm polypeptide is substituted for the constant domains of an antibody ofthe invention or substituted for the variable domains of one antigen-combining site of an antibody of the invention to create a chimeric bivalent antibody comprising one antigen-combinmg site having specificity for EphA2 and another antigen-combining site having specificity for a different antigen In viti o methods are also suitable for preparing monovalent antibodies Digestion of antibodies to produce fragments thereof, particularly, Fab fragments, can be accomplished using routine techniques known in the art For instance, digestion can be performed using papam Examples of papam digestion are described in WO 94/29348 published Dec 22, 1994, U S Pat No 4,342,566, and Harlow and Lane, Antibodies, A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Publications, New York, (1988) Papain digestion of antibodies typically produces two identical antigen binding fragments, called Fab fragments, each with a single antigen binding site, and a residual Fc fragment Pepsin treatment yields a fragment, called the F(ab')2 fragment, that has two antigen combining sites and is still capable of cross-linking antigen The Fab fragments produced in the antibody digestion also contain the constant domains of the light chain and the first constant domain of the heavy chain Fab' fragments differ from Fab fragments by the addition of a few residues at the carboxy terminus of the heavy chain domain including one or more cystemes from the antibody hinge region The F(ab')2 fragment is a bivalent fragment comprising two Fab' fragments linked by a disulfide bridge at the hinge region Fab' SH is the designation herein for Fab' in which the cysteine resιdue(s) of the constant domains bear a free thiol group Antibody fragments originally were produced as pairs of Fab' fragments which have hinge cystemes between them Other chemical couplings of antibody fragments are also known An isolated immunogenically specific paratopc or fragment ofthe antibody is also provided A specific lmmunogenic epitope of the antibody can be isolated from the whole antibody by chemical or mechanical disruption of the molecule The purified fragments thus obtained are tested to determine their immunogenicity and specificity by the methods taught herein. Immunoreactive paratopes ofthe antibody, optionally, are synthesized directly. An immunoreactive fragment is defined as an amino acid sequence of at least about two to five consecutive amino acids derived from the antibody amino acid sequence. One method of producing proteins comprising the antibodies of the present invention is to link two or more peptides or polypeptides together by protein chemistry techniques. For example, peptides or polypeptides can be chemically synthesized using currently available laboratory equipment using either Fmoc (9-fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl) or Boc (tert -butyloxycarbonoyl) chemistry. (Applied Biosystems, Inc., Foster City, CA). One skilled in the art can readily appreciate that a peptide or polypeptide corresponding to the antibody of the present invention, for example, can be synthesized by standard chemical reactions. For example, a peptide or polypeptide can be synthesized and not cleaved from its synthesis resin whereas the other fragment of an antibody can be synthesized and subsequently cleaved from the resin, thereby exposing a terminal group which is functionally blocked on the other fragment. By peptide condensation reactions, these two fragments can be covalently joined via a peptide bond at their carboxyl and amino termini, respectively, to form an antibody, or fragment thereof. (Grant GA (1992) Synthetic Peptides: A User Guide. W.H. Freeman and Co., N.Y. (1992); Bodansky M and Trost B., Ed. (1993) Principles of Peptide Synthesis. Springer-Verlag Inc., NY. Alternatively, the peptide or polypeptide is independently synthesized in vivo as described above. Once isolated, these independent peptides or polypeptides may be linked to form an antibody or fragment thereof via similar peptide condensation reactions. For example, enzymatic ligation of cloned or synthetic peptide segments allow relatively short peptide fragments to be joined to produce larger peptide fragments, polypeptides or whole protein domains (Abrahmsen L et al,, Biochemistry, 30:4151 (1991)). Alternatively, native chemical ligation of synthetic peptides can be utilized to synthetically construct large peptides or polypeptides from shorter peptide fragments. This method consists of a two step chemical reaction (Dawson et al. Synthesis of Proteins by Native Chemical Ligation. Science, 266:776-779 (1994)). The first step is the chemoselective reaction of an unprotected synthetic peptide-alpha-thioester with another unprotected peptide segment containing an amino-terminal Cys residue to give a thioester-linked intermediate as the initial covalent product. Without a change in the reaction conditions, this intermediate undergoes spontaneous, rapid intramolecular reaction to form a native peptide bond at the ligation site. Application of this native chemical ligation method to the total synthesis of a protein molecule is illustrated by the preparation of human interleukin 8 (IL-8) (Baggiolini M et al. (1992) FEBS Lett. 307:97-101 ; Clark-Lewis I et al., J.BioLChem., 269: 16075 (1994); Clark-Lewis I et al., Biochemistry, 30:3128 (1991); Rajarathnam K et al, Biochemistry 33:6623-30 (1994)). Alternatively, unprotected peptide segments are chemically linked where the bond formed between the peptide segments as a result of the chemical ligation is an unnatural (non-peptide) bond (Schnolzer, M et al Science, 256 221 (1992)) This technique has been used to synthesize analogs of protein domains as well as large amounts of relatively pure proteins with full biological activity (deLisle Milton RC et al , Techniques in Protein Chemistry IV Academic Press, New York, pp 257-267 (1992)) The invention also provides fragments of antibodies which have bioactivity The polypeptide fragments of the present invention can be recombinant proteins obtained by cloning nucleic acids encoding the polypeptide in an expression system capable of producing the polypeptide fragments thereof, such as an adenovirus or baculovirus expression system For example, one can determine the active domain of an antibody from a specific hybridoma that can cause a biological effect associated with the interaction ofthe antibody with EphA2 For example, ammo acids found to not contribute to either the activity or the binding specificity or affinity of the antibody can be deleted without a loss in the respective activity For example, in various embodiments, amino or carboxy-termmal amino acids are sequentially removed from either the native or the modified non-immunoglobuhn molecule or the immunoglobulin molecule and the respective activity assayed in one of many available assays In another example, a fragment of an antibody comprises a modified antibody wherein at least one ammo acid has been substituted for the naturally occurring ammo acid at a specific position, and a portion of either amino terminal or carboxy terminal amino acids, or even an internal region of the antibody, has been replaced with a polypeptide fragment or other moiety, such as biotin, which can facilitate in the purification of the modified antibody For example, a modified antibody can be fused to a maltose binding protein, through either peptide chemistry or cloning the respective nucleic acids encoding the two polypeptide fragments into an expression vector such that the expression o the coding region results in a hybrid polypeptide The hybrid polypeptide can be affinity purified by passing it over an amylose affinity solid support, and the modified antibody receptor can then be separated from the maltose binding region by cleavmg the hybrid polypeptide with the specific protease factor Xa (See, for example, New England Biolabs Product Catalog, 1996, pg 164 ) Similar purification procedures are available for isolating hybrid proteins from eukaryotic cells as well The fragments, whether attached to other sequences or not, include insertions, deletions, substitutions, or other selected modifications of particular regions or specific ammo acids residues, provided the activity of the fragment is not significantly altered or impaired compared to the nonmodified antibody or antibody fragment These modifications can provide for some additional property, such as to remove or add ammo acids capable of disulfide bonding, to increase its bio- longevity, to alter its secretory characteristics, etc In any case, the fragment must possess a bioactive property, such as binding activity regulation of binding at the binding domain, etc Functional or active regions of the antibody may be identified by mutagenesis of a specific region of the protein, followed by expression and testing of the expressed polypeptide Such methods are readily apparent to a skilled practitioner in the art and can include site specific mutagenesis o the nucleic acid encoding the antigen (Zoller MJ et al Nucl Acids Res 10 6487 500 (1 82) A variety of immunoassay formats may be used to select antibodies that selectively bind with a particular protein, variant, or fragment For example, solid-phase ELISA immunoassays are routinely used to select antibodies selectively immunoreactive with a protein, protein variant, or fragment thereof See Harlow and Lane Antibodies, A Laboratory Manual Cold Spring Harbor Publications, New York, (1988), for a description of immunoassay formats and conditions that could be used to determine selective binding The binding affinity of a monoclonal antibody can, for example, be determined by the Scatchard analysis of Munson et al , Anal Biochem , 107 220 (1980) Also provided is an antibody reagent kit comprising containers of the monoclonal antibody or fragment thereof of the invention and one or more reagents for detecting binding of the antibody or fragment thereof to the EphA2 receptor molecule The reagents can include, for example, fluorescent tags, enzymatic tags, or other tags The reagents can also include secondary or tertiary antibodies or reagents for enzymatic reactions, wherein the enzymatic reactions produce a product that can be visualized (b) Functional Nucleic Acids Functional nucleic acids can also be used to regulate the , for example, the function ofthe disclosed integrins, integrin receptors, molecules that interact with the disclosed integrin receptors, and molecules in the signaling pathways of the disclosed integrin receptors Functional nucleic acids are nucleic acid molecules that have a specific function, such as binding a target molecule or catalyzing a specific reaction Functional nucleic acid molecules can be divided into the following categories, which are not meant to be limiting For example, functional nucleic acids include antisense molecules, aptamers, πbozymes, triplex forming molecules, and external guide sequences The functional nucleic acid molecules can act as affectors, inhibitors, modulators, and stimulators of a specific activity possessed by a target molecule, or the functional nucleic acid molecules can possess a de novo activity independent of any other molecules Functional nucleic acid molecules can interact with any macromolecule, such as DNA, RNA, polypeptides, or carbohydrate chains Thus functional nucleic acids can interact with the mRNA of beta4 mtegrin for example, or the genomic DNA of alphaδ mtegrm for example, or they can interact with the polypeptide lamιnιn5 or the gamma2 subunit of lamιmn5 Often functional nucleic acids are designed to interact with other nucleic acids based on sequence homology between the target molecule and the functional nucleic acid molecule. In other situations, the specific recognition between the functional nucleic acid molecule and the target molecule is not based on sequence homology between the functional nucleic acid molecule and the target molecule, but rather is based on the formation of tertiary structure that allows specific recognition to take place. Antisense molecules are designed to interact with a target nucleic acid molecule through either canonical or non-canonical base pairing. The interaction of the antisense molecule and the target molecule is designed to promote the destruction of the target molecule through, for example, RNAseH mediated RNA-DNA hybrid degradation. Alternatively the antisense molecule is designed to interrupt a processing function that normally would take place on the target molecule, such as transcription or replication. Antisense molecules can be designed based on the sequence of the target molecule. Numerous methods for optimization of antisense efficiency by finding the most accessible regions of the target molecule exist. Exemplary methods would be in vitro selection experiments and DNA modification studies using DMS and DEPC. It is preferred that antisense molecules bind the target molecule with a dissociation constant (k d )less than 10 "6 . It is more preferred that antisense molecules bind with a k d less than IO "8 . It is also more preferred that the antisense molecules bind the target molecule with a k d less than 10 "10 . It is also preferred that the antisense molecules bind the target molecule with a k d less than I O"' 2 . A representative sample of methods and techniques which aid in the design and use of antisense molecules can be found in the following non-limiting list of United States patents: 5,135,917, 5,294,533, 5,627,158, 5,641,754, 5,691,317, 5,780,607, 5,786,138, 5,849,903, 5,856, 103, 5,919,772, 5,955,590, 5,990,088, 5,994,320, 5,998,602, 6,005,095, 6,007,995, 6,013,522, 6,017,898, 6,018,042, 6,025, 198, 6,033,910, 6,040,296, 6,046,004, 6,046,319, and 6,057,437. Aptamers are molecules that interact with a target molecule, preferably in a specific way. Typically aptamers are small nucleic acids ranging from 15-50 bases in length that fold into defined secondary and tertiary structures, such as stem-loops or G-quartets. Aptamers can bind small molecules, such as ATP (United States patent 5,631,146) and theophiline (United States patent 5,580,737), as well as large molecules, such as reverse transcriptase (United States patent 5,786,462) and thrombin (United States patent 5,543,293). Aptamers can bind very tightly with k j S from the target molecule of less than IO "12 M. It is preferred that the aptamers bind the target molecule with a k d less than I O "6 . It is more preferred that the aptamers bind the target molecule with a k d less than 10 "8 . It is also more preferred that the aptamers bind the target molecule with a k d less than 10 "10 . It is also preferred that the aptamers bind the target molecule with a k d less than IO " ' 2 . Aptamers can bind the target molecule with a very high degree of specificity. For example, aptamers have been isolated that have greater than a 10000 fold difference in binding affinities between the target molecule and another molecule that differ at only a single position on the molecule (United States patent 5,543,293). It is preferred that the aptamer have a k d with the target molecule at least 10 fold lower than the k d with a background binding molecule. It is more preferred that the aptamer have a k d with the target molecule at least 100 fold lower than the k d with a background binding molecule. It is more preferred that the aptamer have a kj with the target molecule at least 1000 fold lower than the k d with a background binding molecule. It is preferred that the aptamer have a k d with the target molecule at least 10000 fold lower than the k d with a background binding molecule. It is preferred when doing the comparison for a polypeptide for example, that the background molecule be a different polypeptide. For example, when determining the specificity of beta4 integrin aptamers, the background protein could be bovine serum albumin. Representative examples of how to make and use aptamers to bind a variety of different target molecules can be found in the following non-limiting list of United States patents: 5,476,766, 5,503,978, 5,631,146, 5,731,424 . 5,780,228, 5,792,613, 5,795,721, 5,846,713, 5,858,660 , 5,861 ,254, 5,864,026, 5,869,641, 5,958,691 , 6,001 ,988, 6,011,020, 6,013,443, 6,020,130, 6,028, 186, 6,030,776, and 6,051 ,698. Ribozymes are nucleic acid molecules that are capable of catalyzing a chemical reaction, either intramolecularly or intermolecularly. Ribozymes are thus catalytic nucleic acid. It is preferred that the ribozymes catalyze intermolecular reactions. There are a number of different types of ribozymes that catalyze nuclease or nucleic acid polymerase type reactions which are based on ribozymes found in natural systems, such as hammerhead ribozymes, (for example, but not limited to the following United States patents: 5,334,711, 5,436,330, 5,616,466, 5,633,133, 5,646,020, 5,652,094, 5,712,384, 5,770,715, 5,856,463, 5,861,288, 5,891 ,683, 5,891,684, 5,985,621, 5,989,908, 5,998,193, 5,998,203, WO 9858058 by Ludwig and Sproat, WO 9858057 by Ludwig and Sproat, and WO 9718312 by Ludwig and Sproat) haiφin ribozymes (for example, but not limited to the following United States patents: 5,631,1 15, 5,646,031, 5,683,902, 5,712,384, 5,856,188, 5,866,701, 5,869,339, and 6,022,962), and tetrahymena ribozymes (for example, but not limited to the following United States patents: 5,595,873 and 5,652,107). There are also a number of ribozymes that are not found in natural systems, but which have been engineered to catalyze specific reactions de novo (for example, but not limited to the following United States patents: 5,580,967, 5,688,670, 5,807,718, and 5,910,408). Preferred ribozymes cleave RNA or DNA substrates, and more preferably cleave RNA substrates. Ribozymes typically cleave nucleic acid substrates through recognition and binding of the target substrate with subsequent cleavage. This recognition is often based mostly on canonical or non-canonical base pair interactions. This property makes ribozymes particularly good candidates for target specific cleavage of nucleic acids because recognition of the target substrate is based on the target substrates sequence. Representative examples of how to make and use ribozymes to catalyze a variety of different reactions can be found in the following non-limiting list of United States patents: 5,646,042, 5,693,535, 5,731 ,295, 5,81 1,300, 5,837,855, 5,869,253, 5,877,021 , 5,877,022, 5,972,699, 5,972,704, 5,989,906, and 6,017,756. Triplex forming functional nucleic acid molecules are molecules that can interact with either double-stranded or single-stranded nucleic acid. When triplex molecules interact with a target region, a structure called a triplex is formed, in which there are three strands of DNA forming a complex dependant on both Watson-Crick and Hoogsteen base-pairing. Triplex molecules are preferred because they can bind target regions with high affinity and specificity. It is preferred that the triplex forming molecules bind the target molecule with a k d less than IO "6 . It is more preferred that the triplex forming molecules bind with a k,, less than IO "8 . It is also more preferred that the triplex forming molecules bind the target moelcule with a kj less than 10 '10 . It is also preferred that the triplex forming molecules bind the target molecule with a k d less than IO '12 . Representative examples of how to make and use triplex forming molecules to bind a variety of different target molecules can be found in the following non-limiting list of United States patents: 5, 176,996, 5,645,985, 5,650,316, 5,683,874, 5,693,773, 5,834,185, 5,869,246, 5,874,566, and 5,962,426. External guide sequences (EGSs) are molecules that bind a target nucleic acid molecule forming a complex, and this complex is recognized by RNase P, which cleaves the target molecule. EGSs can be designed to specifically target a RNA molecule of choice. RNAse P aids in processing transfer RNA (tRNA) within a cell. Bacterial RNAse P can be recruited to cleave virtually any RNA sequence by using an EGS that causes the target RNA:EGS complex to mimic the natural tRNA substrate. (WO 92/03566 by Yale, and Forster and Altman, Science 238:407- 409 (1990)). Similarly, eukaryotic EGS/RNAse P-directed cleavage of RNA can be utilized to cleave desired targets within eukaryotic cells. (Yuan et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89:8006-8010 (1992); WO 93/22434 by Yale; WO 95/24489 by Yale; Yuan and Altman, EMBO J 14: 159-168 (1995). and Carrara et al.. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. fUSA) 92:2627-2631 (1995)). Representative examples of how to make and use EGS molecules to facilitate cleavage of a variety of different target molecules be found in the following non-limiting list of United States patents: 5,168,053, 5,624,824, 5,683,873, 5,728,521 , 5,869,248, and 5,877, 162 (G) Small molecules Small molecules can also be used to regulate, for example, the function of the disclosed integrins, integrin receptors, molecules that interact with the disclosed integrin receptors, and molecules in the signaling pathways of the disclosed integrin receptors. Those of skill in the art understand how to generate small molecules of this type, and exemplary libraries and methods for isolating small molecule regulators are disclosed herein. b) Compositions identified by screening with disclosed compositions / combinatorial chemistry (1) Combinatorial chemistry The disclosed compositions can be used as targets for any combinatorial technique to identify molecules or macromolecular molecules that interact with the disclosed compositions, such as beta4 mtegrm, alphaό mtegrin, or the gamma2 subunit of lamιnm5, in a desired way The nucleic acids, peptides, and related molecules disclosed herein can be used as targets for the combinatorial approaches Also disclosed are the compositions that are identified through combinatorial techniques or screening techniques in which the herein disclosed compositions, for example set forth in SEQ ID NOS 1-19 or portions thereof, are used as the target or reagent in a combinatorial or screening protocol It is understood that when using the disclosed compositions in combinatorial techniques or screening methods, molecules, such as macromolecular molecules, will be identified that have particular desired properties such as inhibition or stimulation or the target molecule's function The molecules identified and isolated when using the disclosed compositions, such as, beta4 integrin, alpaδ integrin, or the gamma2 subunit of lamιnιn5, are also disclosed Thus, the products produced using the combinatorial or screening approaches that involve the disclosed compositions, such as, beta4 mtegrm, alpha6 integrin, or the gamma2 subunit of lammιn5, are also considered herein disclosed Combinatorial chemistry includes but is not limited to all methods for isolating small molecules or macromolecules that are capable of binding either a small molecule or another macromolecule, typically in an iterative process Proteins, oligonucleotides, and sugars are examples of macromolecules For example, oligonucleotide molecules with a given function, catalytic or ligand-bmding, can be isolated from a complex mixture of random oligonucleotides in what has been referred to as "in vitro genetics" (Szostak, TIBS 19 89, 1992) One synthesizes a large pool of molecules bearing random and defined sequences and subjects that complex mixture, for example, approximately IO 15 individual sequences in 100 μg of a 100 nucleotide RNA, to some selection and enrichment process Through repeated cycles of affinity chromatography and PCR amplification of the molecules bound to the ligand on the solid support, Ellington and Szostak (1990) estimated that 1 in 10 10 RNA molecules folded in such a way as to bind a small molecule dyes DNA molecules with such hgand-binding behavior have been isolated as well (Ellington and Szostak, 1992, Bock et al, 1992) Techniques aimed at similar goals exist for small organic molecules, proteins, antibodies and other macromolecules known to those of skill in the art Screening sets of molecules for a desired activity whether based on small organic libraries, oligonucleotides, or antibodies is broadly referred to as combinatorial chemistry Combinatorial techniques are particularly suited for defining binding interactions between molecules and for isolating molecules that have a specific binding activity, often called aptamers when the macromolecules are nucleic acids There are a number of methods for isolating proteins which either have de novo activity or a modified activity For example, phage display libraries have been used to isolate numerous peptides that interact with a specific target (See for example, United States Patent No 6,031,071, 5,824,520, 5,596,079, and 5,565,332 which are herein incoφorated by reference at least for their material related to phage display and methods relate to combinatorial chemistry) A preferred method for isolating proteins that have a given function is described by Roberts and Szostak (Roberts R W and Szostak J W Proc Natl Acad Sci USA, 94(23)12997-302 (1997) This combinatorial chemistry method couples the functional power of proteins and the genetic power of nucleic acids An RNA molecule is generated in which a puromycin molecule is covalently attached to the 3'-end ofthe RNA molecule An in vtti o translation of this modified RNA molecule causes the correct protein, encoded by the RNA to be translated In addition, because of the attachment of the puromycin, a peptdyl acceptor which cannot be extended, the growing peptide chain is attached to the puromycin which is attached to the RNA Thus, the protein molecule is attached to the genetic material that encodes it Normal in vitio selection procedures can now be done to isolate functional peptides Once the selection procedure for peptide function is complete traditional nucleic acid manipulation procedures are performed to amplify the nucleic acid that codes for the selected functional peptides After amplification of the genetic material, new RNA is transcribed with puromycin at the 3 '-end, new peptide is translated and another functional round of selection is performed Thus, protein selection can be performed in an iterative manner just like nucleic acid selection techniques The peptide which is translated is controlled by the sequence of the RNA attached to the puromycin This sequence can be anything from a random sequence engineered for optimum translation (l e no stop codons etc ) or it can be a degenerate sequence of a known RNA molecule to look for improved or altered function of a known peptide The conditions for nucleic acid amplification and in vitro translation are well known to those of ordinary skill in the art and are preferably performed as in Roberts and Szostak (Roberts R W and Szostak J W Proc Natl Acad Sci USA, 94(23)12997-302 (1997)) Another preferred method for combinatorial methods designed to isolate peptides is described in Cohen et al (Cohen B A ,et al , Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 95(24) 14272-7 (1998)) This method utilizes and modifies two hybrid technology Yeast two hybrid systems are useful for the detection and analysis of protein protein interactions The two hybrid system, initially described in the yeast Sacchai omyces cei x isiae, is a powerful molecular genetic technique for identifying new regulatory molecules, specific to the protein of interest (Fields and Song Natiu e 340 245-6 (1989)) Cohen et al , modified this technology so that novel interactions between synthetic or engineered peptide sequences could be identified which bind a molecule of choice The benefit of this type of technology is that the selection is done in an intracellular environment The method utilizes a library of peptide molecules that attached to an acidic activation domain A peptide of choice, for example a portion of beta4 or alphaβ or gamma2 or lamιnιn5 is attached to a DNA binding domain of a transcriptional activation protein, such as Gal 4 By performing the Two-hybrid technique on this type of system, molecules that bind the portion of beta4 or alphaβ or gamma2 or lamιnιn5 can be identified There are molecules that can act like antibodies, in that they can having varying binding specificities, that are based on a fibronectin motif The fibronectm type III domain (FN3) is a small autonomous folding unit This FN3 domain can be found in numeorus proteins that bind ligand, such as animal proteins The beta-sandwich structure of FN3 closely resembles that of immunoglobulin domains FN3 mutants can be isolated using combinatorial approaches disclosed herein, for example phage display, that bind desired targets Typically the libraries of FN3 molecules have been randomized in the two surface loops Thus, FN3 can be used at least as a scaffold for engineering novel binding proteins (Koide A, Bailey CW, Huang X, Koide S , "The fibronectm type III domain as a scaffold for novel binding proteins "J Mol Biol 1998 284,1141- 1151 which is herein incoφorated by reference at least for material related to the fibronectm based novel binding proteins) Using methodology well known to those of skill in the art, in combination with various combinatorial libraries, one can isolate and characterize those small molecules or macromolecules, which bind to or interact with the desired target The relative binding affinity of these compounds can be compared and optimum compounds identified using competitive binding studies, which are well known to those of skill in the art Techniques for making combinatorial libraries and screening combinatorial libraries to isolate molecules which bind a desired target are well known to those of skill in the art Representative techniques and methods can be found in but are not limited to United States patents 5,084,824, 5,288,514, 5,449,754, 5,506,337, 5,539,083, 5,545,568, 5,556,762, 5,565,324, 5,565,332, 5,573,905, 5,618,825, 5,619,680, 5,627,210, 5,646,285, 5,663,046, 5,670,326, 5,677, 195, 5,683,899, 5,688,696, 5,688,997, 5,698,685, 5,712, 146, 5,721,099, 5,723,598, 5,741 ,713, 5,792,431 , 5,807,683, 5,807,754, 5,821 , 130, 5,831,014, 5,834, 195, 5,834,318, 5,834,588, 5,840,500, 5,847,150, 5,856,107, 5,856,496, 5,859, 190, 5,864,010, 5,874,443, 5,877,214, 5,880,972, 5,886, 126, 5,886,127, 5,891 ,737, 5,916,899, 5,919,955, 5,925,527, 5,939,268, 5,942,387, 5,945,070, 5,948,696, 5,958,702, 5,958,792, 5,962,337, 5,965,719, 5,972,719, 5,976,894, 5,980,704, 5,985,356, 5,999,086, 6,001,579, 6,004,617 6,008,321 , 6,017,768, 6,025,371 , 6,030,917, 6,040, 193, 6,045,671 , 6,045,755, 6,060,596, and 6,061 ,636. Combinatorial libraries can be made from a wide array of molecules using a number of different synthetic techniques. For example, libraries containing fused 2,4-pyrimidinediones (United States patent 6,025,371) dihydrobenzopyrans (United States Patent 6,017,768and 5,821 , 130), amide alcohols (United States Patent 5,976,894), hydroxy-amino acid amides (United States Patent 5,972,719) carbohydrates (United States patent 5,965,719), l ,4-benzodiazepin-2,5- diones (United States patent 5,962,337), cyclics (United States patent 5,958,792), biaryl amino acid amides (United States patent 5,948,696), thiophenes (United States patent 5,942,387), tricyclic Tetrahydroquinolines (United States patent 5,925,527), benzofurans (United States patent 5,919,955), isoquinolines (United States patent 5,916,899), hydantoin and thiohydantoin (United States patent 5,859,190), indoles (United States patent 5,856,496), imidazol-pyrido-indole and imidazol-pyrido-benzothiophenes (United States patent 5,856, 107) substituted 2-methylene-2, 3- dihydrothiazoles (United States patent 5,847,150), quinolines (United States patent 5,840,500), PNA (United States patent 5,831,014), containing tags (United States patent 5,721,099), polyketides (United States patent 5,712, 146), moφholino-subunits (United States patent 5,698,685 and 5,506,337), sulfamides (United States patent 5,618,825), and benzodiazepines (United States patent 5,288,514). Screening molecules similar to alphaβ for inhibition of alpha6beta4 formation is a method of identifying and isolating desired compounds that can inhibit the formation of A6B4 receptor. For example, the disclosed compositions, such as alphaβ integrin or beta4 integrin can be used as targets in a selection scheme disclosed herein, and then the counter part integrin could be used as a competitive inhibitor to isolate the desired molecules. For example, a library of molecules could be incubated with beta4 integrin, which is bound to a solid support. The solid support can be washed to remove the unbound molecules and then the solid support can be incubated with, for example, alphaδ integrin at a concentration that will saturate all beta4 binding sites. The molecules which are collected in the flowthrough after washing the solid support will be enriched for molecules that interact with beta4 integrin in a way that is competitive to the alphaβ-beta4 interaction. Likewise, the solid support, bound with a target integrin, or more preferably a target integrin receptor, such as alphaβbeta4 receptor, could also be washed, with for example, laminin5 or the gamma2 subunit of lamininS at a concentration that will saturate all of the gamma2 binding sites on the beta4 integrin. Collection of the wash under these conditions will yield a population of molecules enriched for molecules that competitively interact with beta4 integrin at the beta4- gamma2 site. Another example, is the following: bind target to solid support on microtiter plate. Incubate with ligand in presence of gridded subset of library members (or single compounds), wash, identify competitor by reduction of ligand binding It is understood that the exemplary discussions of alphaβbeta4 and/or beta4 are equally applicable to alphaβ, as well as other alphaβbetax receptors, such alphaβbetal Also disclosed are methods of isolating molecules that bind with a target molecule selected from the group consisting, B4 integrin, alphaβ mtegrm, and the gamma2 subunit of lamιnιn5 comprising 1) contacting a library of molecules with the target molecule and 2) collecting molecules that bind the target molecule producing an enriched population of molecules Disclosed are methods, further comprising the step of repeating steps 1 and 2 with the enriched population of molecules, and/or wherein the library comprises a small molecule, peptide, peptide mimetic, or oligonucleotide As used herein combinatorial methods and libraries included traditional screening methods and libraries as well as methods and libraries used in iterative processes (2) Computer assisted design The disclosed compositions can be used as targets for any molecular modeling technique to identify either the structure of the disclosed compositions or to identify potential or actual molecules, such as small molecules, which interact in a desired way with the disclosed compositions The nucleic acids, peptides, and related molecules disclosed herein can be used as targets in any molecular modeling program or approach It is understood that when using the disclosed compositions in modeling techniques, molecules, such as macromolecular molecules, will be identified that have particular desired properties such as inhibition or stimulation or the target molecule's function The molecules identified and isolated when using the disclosed compositions, such as, beta4, are also disclosed Thus, the products produced using the molecular modeling approaches that involve the disclosed compositions, such as, beta4 mtegrin, alphaβ integrin, or lamιnιn5, are also considered herein disclosed Thus, one way to isolate molecules that bind a molecule of choice is through rational design This is achieved through structural information and computer modeling Computer modeling technology allows visualization of the three-dimensional atomic structure of a selected molecule and the rational design of new compounds that will interact with the molecule The three-dimensional construct typically depends on data from x-ray crystallographic analyses or NMR imaging ofthe selected molecule The molecular dynamics require force field data The computer graphics systems enable prediction of how a new compound will link to the target molecule and allow experimental manipulation of the structures of the compound and target molecule to perfect binding specificity Prediction of what the molecule-compound interaction will be when small changes are made in one or both requires molecular mechanics software and computationally intensive computers, usually coupled with user- friendly, menu-driven interfaces between the molecular design program and the user Examples of molecular modeling systems are the CHARMm and QUANTA programs, Polygen Coφoration, Waltham, MA CHARMm performs the energy minimization and molecular dynamics functions QUANTA performs the construction, graphic modeling and analysis of 5 molecular structure QUANTA allows interactive construction, modification, visualization, and analysis of the behavior of molecules with each other A number of articles review computer modeling of drugs interactive with specific proteins, such as Rotivmen, et al , 1988 Acta Phai maceutica Fennica 97, 159-166, Ripka, New Scientist 54- 57 (June 16, 1988), McKmaly and Rossmann, 1989 Annu Rev Phaimacol Toxiciol 29, 1 11- 10 122, Perry and Davies, OSAR Quantitative Structure-Activity Relationships in Drug Design pp 189-193 (Alan R Liss, Inc 1989), Lewis and Dean, 1989 Pi oc R Soc Lond 236, 125-140 and 141-162, and, with respect to a model enzyme for nucleic acid components, Askew, et al , 1989 / Am Chem Soc 111, 1082-1090 Other computer programs that screen and graphically depict chemicals are available from companies such as BioDesign, Inc , Pasadena, CA , Allelix, 15 Inc, Mississauga, Ontario, Canada, and Hypercube, Inc , Cambridge, Ontario Although these are primarily designed for application to drugs specific to particular proteins, they can be adapted to design of molecules specifically interacting with specific regions of DNA or RNA, once that region is identified Although described above with reference to design and generation of compounds which 0 could alter binding, one could also screen libraries of known compounds, including natural products or synthetic chemicals, and biologically active materials, including proteins, for compounds which alter substrate binding or enzymatic activity c) Nucleic acids There are a variety of molecules disclosed herein that are nucleic acid based, including for 5 example the nucle acids that encode, for example beta4 and the gamma2 subunit of lammιn5, as well as various functional nucleic acids The disclosed nucleic acids are made up of for example, nucleotides, nucleotide analogs, or nucleotide substitutes Non-limiting examples of these and other molecules are discussed herein It is understood that for example, when a vector is expressed in a cell, that the expressed mRNA will typically be made up of A, C, G, and U Likewise, it is 0 understood that if, for example, an antisense molecule is introduced into a cell or cell environment through for example exogenous delivery, it is advantageous that the antisense molecule be made up of nucleotide analogs that reduce the degradation ofthe antisense molecule in the cellular environment (1 ) Nucleotides and related molecules 5 A nucleotide is a molecule that contains a base moiety, a sugar moiety and a phosphate moiety Nucleotides can be linked together through their phosphate moieties and sugar moieties creating an mternucleoside linkage The base moiety of a nucleotide can be adenm-9 yl (A), cytosm- 1 -yl (C), guanιn-9-yl (G), uracil- 1 -yl (U), and thymιn-1-yl (T) The sugar moiety of a nucleotide is a πbose or a deoxyπbose The phosphate moiety of a nucleotide is pentavalent phosphate An non-limiting example of a nucleotide would be 3'-AMP (3'-adenosιne monophosphate) or 5'-GMP (5'-guanosιne monophosphate) A nucleotide analog is a nucleotide which contains some type of modification to either the base, sugar, or phosphate moieties Modifications to the base moiety would include natural and synthetic modifications of A, C, G, and T/U as well as different purine or pyrimidine bases, such as uracιl-5-yl ( psi ), hypoxanthιn-9-yl (I), and 2-ammoadenm-9-yl A modified base includes but is not limited to 5-methylcytosιne (5-me-C), 5-hydroxymethyl cytosme, xanthme, hypoxanthme, 2-ammoademne, 6-mefhyl and other alkyl derivatives of adenine and guamne, 2-propyl and other alkyl derivatives of adenine and guanme, 2-thιouracιl, 2-fhιothymme and 2-thιocytosme, 5- halouracil and cytosine, 5-propynyl uracil and cytosine, 6-azo uracil, cytosine and thymine, 5- uracil (pseudouracil), 4-thιouracιl, 8-halo, 8-ammo, 8-thιol, 8-thιoalkyl, 8-hydroxyl and other 8- substituted ademnes and guanines, 5-halo particularly 5-bromo, 5 -trifluoromethyl and other 5- substituted uracils and cytosmes, 7-methylguanme and 7-methyladenιne, 8-azaguanme and 8- azaadenme, 7-deazaguanme and 7-deazaadenιne and 3-deazaguanιne and 3-deazaadenιne Additional base modifications can be found for example in U S Pat No 3,687,808, Enghsch et al , Angewandte Chemie, International Edition, 1991, 30, 613, and Sanghvi, Y S , Chapter 15, Antisense Research and Applications, pages 289-302, Crooke, S T and Lebleu, B ed , CRC Press, 1993 Certain nucleotide analogs, such as 5-substιtuted pyπmidmes, 6-azapyπmιdmes and N-2, N-6 and 0-6 substituted puπnes, including 2-amιnopropyladenιne, 5-propynyluracιl and 5- propynylcytosme 5-methylcytosιne can increase the stability of duplex formation Base modifications can be combined, for example, with a sugar modification, such as 2'-0- methoxyethyl, to achieve unique properties such as increased duplex stability There are numerous United States patents such as 4,845,205, 5, 130,302, 5, 134,066, 5, 175,273, 5,367,066, 5,432,272, 5,457, 187, 5,459,255, 5,484,908, 5,502, 177, 5,525,711, 5,552,540, 5,587,469, 5,594,121 , 5,596,091 , 5,614,617, and 5,681,941, which detail and describe a range of base modifications Each of these patents is herein incoφorated by reference Nucleotide analogs can also include modifications of the sugar moiety Modifications to the sugar moiety would include natural modifications of the πbose and deoxy πbose as well as synthetic modifications Sugar modifications include but are not limited to the following modifications at the 2' position OH-, F-, 0-, S-, or N-alkyl, 0-, S-, or -alkenyl, 0-, S- or N- alkynyl, or O alkyl-O-alkyl, wherein the alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl may be substituted or unsubstituted C, to C| 0 , alkyl or C-> to C| 0 alkenyl and alkynyl 2' sugar modifications also include but are not limited to -O[(CH,)„ O] m CH 3 , -0(CH 2 ) n OCH 3 , -O(CH,)„ NH 2 , -0(CH 2 ), CH 3 , - 0(CH 2 )„ -ONH„ and -0(CH 2 ) n ON[(CH 2 ) n CH 3 )] 2 , where n and m are from 1 to about 10 Other modifications at the 2' position include but are not limited to C, to C )0 lower alkyl, substituted lower alkyl, alkaryl, aralkyl, O alkaryl or O aralkyl, SH, SCH 3 , OCN, CI, Br, CN, CF 3 , OCF 3 , SOCII 3 , S0 2 CH 3 , ON0 2 , N0 2 , N 3 , NH, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkaryl, ammoalkylamino, polyalkylammo, substituted silyl, an RNA cleaving group, a reporter group, an mtercalator, a group for improving the pharmacokinetic properties of an oligonucleotide, or a group for improving the pharmacodynamic properties of an oligonucleotide, and other substituents having similar properties Similar modifications may also be made at other positions on the sugar, particularly the 3' position of the sugar on the 3' terminal nucleotide or in 2'-5' linked oligonucleotides and the 5' position of 5' terminal nucleotide Modified sugars would also include those that contain modifications at the bridging ring oxygen, such as CH 2 and S Nucleotide sugar analogs may also have sugar mimetics such as cyclobutyl moieties in place ofthe pentofuranosyl sugar There are numerous United States patents that teach the preparation of such modified sugar structures such as 4,981,957, 5,1 18,800, 5,319,080, 5,359,044, 5,393,878, 5,446,137, 5,466,786, 5,514,785, 5,519, 134, 5,567,81 1 , 5,576,427, 5,591 ,722, 5,597,909, 5,610,300, 5,627,053, 5,639,873, 5,646,265, 5,658,873, 5,670,633, and 5,700,920, each of which is herein incorporated by reference m its entirety Nucleotide analogs can also be modified at the phosphate moiety Modified phosphate moieties include but are not limited to those that can be modified so that the linkage between two nucleotides contains a phosphorothioate, chiral phosphorothioate, phosphorodithioate, phosphotπester, aminoalkylphosphotπester, methyl and other alkyl phosphonates including 3 - alkylene phosphonate and chiral phosphonates, phosphmates, phosphoramidates including 3'- ammo phosphoramidate and ammoalkylphosphoramidates, thionophosphoramidates, thionoalkylphosphonates, thionoalkylphosphotriesters, and boranophosphates It is understood that these phosphate or modified phosphate linkage between two nucleotides can be through a 3'-5' linkage or a 2'-5' linkage, and the linkage can contain inverted polarity such as 3 -5' to 5'-3' or 2'-5' to 5 '-2' Various salts, mixed salts and free acid forms are also included Numerous United States patents teach how to make and use nucleotides containing modified phosphates and include but are not limited to, 3,687,808, 4,469 863, 4,476,301 , 5,023,243, 5, 177,196, 5,188,897, 5,264,423, 5,276,019, 5,278,302, 5,286,717, 5,321, 131 , 5,399,676, 5,405,939, 5,453,496, 5 455,233, 5,466,677, 5,476,925, 5,519,126 5,536,821 , 5,541 ,306, 5,550, 1 1 1 , 5,563,253, 5 571 ,799, 5,587,361 and 5,625,050, each of which is herein incoφorated by reference It is understood that nucleotide analogs need only contain a single modification, but may also contain multiple modifications within one of the moieties or between different moieties Nucleotide substitutes are molecules having similar functional properties to nucleotides, but which do not contain a phosphate moiety, such as peptide nucleic acid (PNA) Nucleotide substitutes are molecules that will recognize nucleic acids in a Watson Crick or Hoogsteen manner, but which are linked together through a moiety other than a phosphate moiety Nucleotide substitutes are able to conform to a double helix type structure when interacting with the appropriate target nucleic acid Nucleotide substitutes are nucleotides or nucleotide analogs that have had the phosphate moiety and/or sugar moieties replaced Nucleotide substitutes do not contain a standard phosphorus atom Substitutes for the phosphate can be for example, shoit chain alkyl or cycloalkyl lnternucleoside linkages, mixed heteroatom and alkyl or cycloalkyl mternucleoside linkages, or one or more short chain heteroatomic or heterocyclic mternucleoside linkages These include those having moφhohno linkages (formed in part from the sugar portion of a nucleoside), siloxane backbones, sulfide, sulfoxide and sulfone backbones ; formacetyl and thioformacetyl backbones, methylene formacetyl and thioformacetyl backbones, alkene containing backbones, sulfamate backbones, methyleneimino and methylenehydrazmo backbones, sulfonate and sulfonamide backbones, amide backbones, and others having mixed N, O, S and CH 2 component parts Numerous United States patents disclose how to make and use these types of phosphate replacements and include but are not limited to 5,034,506, 5,166,315, 5, 185,444, 5,214,134, 5,216,141, 5,235,033, 5,264,562, 5,264,564, 5,405,938, 5,434,257, 5,466,677, 5,470,967, 5,489,677, 5,541,307, 5,561 ,225, 5,596,086, 5,602,240, 5,610,289, 5,602,240, 5,608,046, 5,610,289, 5,618,704, 5,623,070, 5,663,312, 5,633,360, 5,677,437, and 5,677,439, each of which is herein incoφorated by reference It is also understood in a nucleotide substitute that both the sugar and the phosphate moieties of the nucleotide can be replaced, by for example an amide type linkage (aminoethylglycme) (PNA) United States patents 5,539,082, 5,714,331 ,and 5,719,262 teach how to make and use PNA molecules, each of which is herein incoφorated by reference (See also Nielsen et al , Science, 1991 , 254, 1497-1500) It is also possible to link other types of molecules (conjugates) to nucleotides or nucleotide analogs to enhance for example, cellular uptake Conjugates can be chemically linked to the nucleotide or nucleotide analogs Such conjugates include but are not limited to lipid moieties such as a cholesterol moiety (Letsmger et al , Proc Natl Acad Sci USA, 1989, 86, 6553-6556), chohc acid (Manoharan et al , Bioorg Med Chem Let , 1994, 4, 1053- 1060), a thioether, e g , hexyl-S-tπtylthiol (Manoharan et al , Ann N Y Acad Sci , 1992, 660, 306-309, Manoharan et al , Bioorg Med Chem Let , 1993, 3, 2765-2770), a thiocholesterol (Oberhauser et al , Nucl Acids Res , 1992, 20, 533-538), an aliphatic chain, e g , dodecandiol or undecyl residues (Saison-Behmoaras et al., EMBO J., 1991 , 10, 111 1-1 1 18, Kabanov et al., FEBS Lett., 1990, 259, 327-330; Svinarchuk et al , Biochimie, 1993, 75, 49-54), a phospholipid, e g , di- hexadecyl-rac-glycerol or tπethylammonium l,2-dι-0-hexadecyl-rac-glycero-3-H-phosphonate (Manoharan et al., Tetrahedron Lett , 1995, 36, 3651-3654, Shea et al., Nucl. Acids Res., 1990, 18, 3777-3783), a polyamine or a polyethylene glycol chain (Manoharan et al , Nucleosides & Nucleotides, 1995, 14, 969-973), or adamantane acetic acid (Manoharan et al., Tetrahedron Lett., 1995, 36, 3651 -3654), a palmityl moiety (Mishra et al., Biochim Biophys Acta, 1995, 1264, 229-237), or an octadecylam e or hexylammo-carbonyl-oxycholesterol moiety (Crooke et al , J Pharmacol Exp Ther , 1996, 277, 923-937 Numerous United States patents teach the preparation of such conjugates and include, but are not limited to U.S Pat Nos 4,828,979, 4,948,882, 5,218,105; 5,525,465, 5,541,313, 5,545,730, 5,552,538, 5,578,717, 5,580,731, 5,580,731 , 5,591,584, 5, 109,124, 5,118,802, 5,138,045, 5,414,077, 5,486,603; 5,512,439; 5,578,718, 5,608,046; 4,587,044, 4,605,735; 4,667,025; 4,762,779; 4,789,737; 4,824,941 ; 4,835,263; 4,876,335; 4,904,582; 4,958,013; 5,082,830; 5, 1 12,963; 5,214,136; 5,082,830, 5,112,963, 5,214,136; 5,245,022; 5,254,469; 5,258,506; 5,262,536; 5,272,250; 5,292,873; 5,317,098; 5,371,241 , 5,391,723, 5,416,203, 5,451,463; 5,510,475; 5,512,667; 5,514,785, 5,565,552; 5,567,810; 5,574, 142; 5,585,481 ; 5,587,371 ; 5,595,726; 5,597,696; 5,599,923; 5,599,928 and 5,688,941, each of which is herein incoφorated by reference. It is understood that an oligonucleotide can be made from any combination of nucleotides, nucleotide analogs, or nucleotide substitutes disclosed herein or related molecules not specifically recited herein. A Watson-Crick interaction is at least one interaction with the Watson-Crick face of a nucleotide, nucleotide analog, or nucleotide substitute. The Watson-Crick face of a nucleotide, nucleotide analog, or nucleotide substitute includes the C2, Nl, and C6 positions of a purine based nucleotide, nucleotide analog, or nucleotide substitute and the C2, N3, C4 positions of a pyrimidine based nucleotide, nucleotide analog, or nucleotide substitute. A Hoogsteen interaction is the interaction that takes place on the Hoogsteen face of a nucleotide or nucleotide analog, which is exposed in the major groove of duplex DNA. The Hoogsteen face includes the N7 position and reactive groups (NH2 or O) at the C6 position of purine nucleotides (2) Sequences There are a variety of sequences related to the beta4 integrin or the Iammιn5-gamma2 gene or the alpha6 integrin gene having the following Genbank Accession Numbers 6453379, 4557674, and AH006634, respectively These sequences and others are herein incoφorated by reference in their entireties as well as for individual subsequences contained therein. One particular sequence set forth in SEQ ID NOT (beta4 integrin) and having Genbank accession number 6453379 is used herein, at various points, as an example, to exemplify the disclosed compositions and methods (or when another particular sequence is used as an example). It is understood that the description related to this sequence is applicable to any sequence related to beta4 integrin or any of the other molecules disclosed herein, such as alpha6 integrin, or the subunits of laminin5, such as gamma2, unless specifically indicated otherwise. Those of skill in the art understand how to resolve sequence discrepancies and differences and to adjust the compositions and methods relating to a particular sequence to other related sequences (i.e. sequences of beta4 integrin). Primers and/or probes can be designed for any beta4 integrin sequence given the information disclosed herein and known in the art. (3) Primers and probes Disclosed are compositions including primers and probes, which are capable of interacting with the for example, the alphaό gene or mRNA, beta4 gene or mRNA, or gamma2 subunit ofthe laminin5 ligand gene as disclosed herein or mRNA as wells as primers or probes for any of the sequences or fragments of the sequences, set forth in SEQ ID NOs: l, 3,5, 7,9,1 1, and 13. In certain embodiments the primers are used to support DNA amplification reactions. Typically the primers will be capable of being extended in a sequence specific manner. Extension of a primer in a sequence specific manner includes any methods wherein the sequence and/or composition o the nucleic acid molecule to which the primer is hybridized or otherwise associated directs or influences the composition or sequence of the product produced by the extension of the primer. Extension ofthe primer in a sequence specific manner therefore includes, but is not limited to, PCR, DNA sequencing, DNA extension, DNA polymerization, RNA transcription, or reverse transcription. Techniques and conditions that amplify the primer in a sequence specific manner are preferred. In certain embodiments the primers are used for the DNA amplification reactions, such as PCR or direct sequencing. It is understood that in certain embodiments the primers can also be extended using non-enzymatic techniques, where for example, the nucleotides or oligonucleotides used to extend the primer are modified such that they will chemically react to extend the primer in a sequence specific manner. Typically the disclosed primers hybridize with the beta4 gene, alphaό gene, or Iaminin5-gamma2 subunit gene, for example, or region ofthe beta4 gene, alphaό gene, or Iaminin5-gamma2 subunit gene, for example, or they hybridize with the complement of the beta4 gene, alpha6 gene, or Iaminin5-gamma2 subunit gene, for example, or complement of a region of the beta4 gene, alphaβ gene, or Iaminin5-gamma2 subunit gene, or any ofthe sequences or fragments ofthe sequences, set forth in SEQ ID NOs: 1 ,3,5,7,9,1 1, and 13, for example. The size of the primers or probes for interaction with the beta4 gene, alphaβ gene, or Iaminin5-gamma2 subunit gene, for example, in certain embodiments can be any size that supports the desired enzymatic manipulation of the primer, such as DNA amplification or the simple hybridization of the probe or primer. A typical primer or probe for beta4 gene, alphaό gene, or Iamιnιn5-gamma2 subunit gene, for example, or primer or probe for any of the sequences or fragments of the sequences, set forth in SEQ ID NOs 1 ,3,5,7,9, 1 1 , and 13 would be at least about 5 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 1 1 , 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21 , 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 3 1 , 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51 , 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61 , 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200, 225, 250, 275, 300, 325, 350, 375, 400, 425, 450, 475, 500, 550, 600, 650, 700, 750, 800, 850, 900, 950, 1000, 1250, 10 1500, 1750, 2000, 2250, 2500, 2750, 3000, 3500, or 4000 nucleotides long In other embodiments a primer or probe for beta4 gene, alphaό gene, or Iaminin5-gamma2 subunit gene, for example, primer or probe or a primer or probe for any of the sequences or fragments ofthe sequences, set forth in SEQ ID NOs: 1 ,3,5,7,9,11, and 13 can be less than or equal to about 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 1 1, 12 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21 , 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 15 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41 , 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61 , 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91 , 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200, 225, 250, 275, 300, 325, 350, 375, 400, 425, 450, 475, 500, 550, 600, 650, 700, 750, 800, 850, 900, 950, 1000, 1250, 1500, 1750, 2000, 2250, 2500, 2750, 3000, 3500, or 4000 nucleotides long. 20 The primers for the beta4 gene, alphaό gene, or Iamimn5-gamma2 subunit gene, or any of the sequences or fragments of the sequences, set forth in SEQ ID NOs.1,3, 5, 7,9,11, and 13, for example, typically will be used to produce an amplified DNA product that contains a desired region. In general, typically the size of the product will be such that the size can be accurately determined to within 3, or 2 or 1 nucleotides 25 In certain embodiments this product is at least about 20, 21 , 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41 , 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71 , 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200, 225, 250, 275, 300, 325, 350, 375, 400, 425, 450, 475, 500, 550, 600, 650, 700, 750, 800, 850, 900, 950, 30 1000, 1250, 1500, 1750, 2000, 2250, 2500, 2750, 3000, 3500, or 4000 nucleotides long. In other embodiments the product is less than or equal to about 20, 21 , 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 3 1 , 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51 , 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61 , 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81 , 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91 , 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 100, 125, 150, 175, 35 200, 225, 250, 275, 300, 325, 350, 375, 400, 425, 450, 475, 500, 550, 600, 650, 700, 750, 800, 850, 900, 950, 1000, 1250, 1500, 1750, 2000, 2250, 2500, 2750, 3000, 3500, or 4000 nucleotides long d) Sequence similarities It is understood that as discussed herein the use of the terms homology and identity mean the same thing as similarity Thus, for example, if the word homology is used between two non- natural sequences it is understood that this is not necessarily indicating an evolutionary relationship between these two sequences, but rather is looking at the similarity or relatedness between their nucleic acid sequences Many of the methods for determining homology between two evolutionaπly related molecules are routinely applied to any two or more nucleic acids or proteins for the puφose of measuring sequence similarity regardless of whether or not they are evolutionaπly related In general, it is understood that one way to define any known variants and derivatives or those that might arise, of the disclosed genes and proteins herein, is through defining the variants and derivatives in terms of homology to specific known sequences This identity of particular sequences disclosed herein is also discussed elsewhere herein In general, variants of genes and proteins herein disclosed typically have at least, about 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, or 99 percent homology to the stated sequence or the native sequence Those of skill in the art readily understand how to determine the homology of two proteins or nucleic acids, such as genes For example, the homology can be calculated after aligning the two sequences so that the homology is at its highest level Another way of calculating homology can be performed by published algorithms Optimal alignment of sequences for comparison may be conducted by the local homology algorithm of Smith and Waterman Adv Appl Math 2 482 (1981), by the homology alignment algorithm of Needleman and Wunsch, J MoL Biol 48 443 (1970), by the search for similarity method of Pearson and Lipman, Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A 85 2444 (1988), by computerized implementations of these algorithms (GAP, BESTFIT, FASTA, and TFASTA in the Wisconsin Genetics Software Package, Genetics Computer Group, 575 Science Dr , Madison, WI), or by inspection The same types of homology can be obtained for nucleic acids by for example the algorithms disclosed in Zuker, M Science 244 48-52, 1989, Jaeger et al P/ oc Natl Acad Sci USA 86 7706-7710, 1989, Jaeger et al Methods Enzymol 183 281 -306, 1989 which are herein incoφorated by reference for at least mateπal related to nucleic acid alignment It is understood that any of the methods typically can be used and that m certain instances the results of these various methods may differ, but the skilled artisan understands if identity is found with at least one of these methods, the sequences would be said to have the stated identity, and be disclosed herein For example, as used herein, a sequence recited as having a particular percent homology to another sequence refers to sequences that have the recited homology as calculated by any one or more of the calculation methods described above. For example, a first sequence has 80 percent homology, as defined herein, to a second sequence if the first sequence is calculated to have 80 percent homology to the second sequence using the Zuker calculation method even if the first sequence does not have 80 percent homology to the second sequence as calculated by any of the other calculation methods, As another example, a first sequence has 80 percent homology, as defined herein, to a second sequence if the first sequence is calculated to have 80 percent homology to the second sequence using both the Zuker calculation method and the Pearson and Lipman calculation method even if the first sequence does not have 80 percent homology to the second sequence as calculated by the Smith and Waterman calculation method, the Needleman and Wunsch calculation method, the Jaeger calculation methods, or any ofthe other calculation methods. As yet another example, a first sequence has 80 percent homology, as defined herein, to a second sequence if the first sequence is calculated to have 80 percent homology to the second sequence using each of calculation methods (although, in practice, the different calculation methods will often result in different calculated homology percentages). It is also understood that functional fragments as well as antigenic fragments as well as fragments that can be used in selection protocols of the disclosed compositions are also disclosed. For example, integrins have domains that interact with the other integrins. It may be advantageous in certain embodiments to utilize just the integrin binding domain fragment of, for example, the beta4 integrin, in a selection protocol disclosed herein. By using this domain of the beta4 integrin as the selection target, for example, the selection protocol will be biased for molecules binding this domain of beta4 integrin. e) Hybridization/selective hybridization The term hybridization typically means a sequence driven interaction between at least two nucleic acid molecules, such as a primer or a probe and a gene. Sequence driven interaction means an interaction that occurs between two nucleotides or nucleotide analogs or nucleotide derivatives in a nucleotide specific manner. For example, G interacting with C or A interacting with T are sequence driven interactions. Typically sequence driven interactions occur on the Watson-Crick face or Hoogsteen face o the nucleotide. The hybridization of two nucleic acids is affected by a number of conditions and parameters known to those of skill in the art. For example, the salt concentrations, pH, and temperature o the reaction all affect whether two nucleic acid molecules will hybridize. Parameters for selective hybridization between two nucleic acid molecules are well known to those of skill in the art. For example, in some embodiments selective hybridization conditions can be defined as stringent hybridization conditions For example, stringency of hybridization is controlled by both temperature and salt concentration of either or both of the hybridization and washing steps For example, the conditions of hybridization to achieve selective hybridization may involve hybridization in high ionic strength solution (6X SSC or 6X SSPE) at a temperature that is about 12-25°C below the Tm (the melting temperature at which half of the molecules dissociate from their hybridization partners) followed by washing at a combination of temperature and salt concentration chosen so that the washing temperature is about 5°C to 20°C below the Tm The temperature and salt conditions are readily determined empirically in preliminary experiments in which samples of reference DNA immobilized on filters are hybridized to a labeled nucleic acid of interest and then washed under conditions of different stringencies Hybridization temperatures are typically higher for DNA-RNA and RNA-RNA hybridizations The conditions can be used as described above to achieve stringency, or as is known in the art (Sambrook et al , Molecular Cloning A Laboratory Manual, 2nd Ed , Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, Cold Spring Harbor, New York, 1989, Kunkel et al Methods Enzymol 1987 154 367, 1987 which is herein incoφorated by reference for material at least related to hybridization of nucleic acids) A preferable stringent hybridization condition for a DNA DNA hybridization can be at about 68°C (in aqueous solution) in 6X SSC or 6X SSPE followed by washing at 68°C Stringency of hybridization and washing, if desired, can be reduced accordingly as the degree of complementarity desired is decreased, and further, depending upon the G-C or A T richness of any area wherein variability is searched for Likewise, stringency of hybridization and washing, if desired, can be increased accordingly as homology desired is increased, and further, depending upon the G-C or A-T richness of any area wherein high homology is desired, all as known in the art Another way to define selective hybridization is by looking at the amount (percentage) of one ofthe nucleic acids bound to the other nucleic acid For example, in some embodiments selective hybridization conditions would be when at least about, 60, 65, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81 , 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91 , 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 100 percent of the limiting nucleic acid is bound to the non-hmitmg nucleic acid Typically, the non-limiting primer is in for example, 10 or 100 or 1000 fold excess This type of assay can be performed at under conditions where both the limiting and non-limiting primer are for example, 10 fold or 100 fold or 1000 fold below their kj, or where only one of the nucleic acid molecules is 10 fold or 100 fold or 1000 fold or where one or both nucleic acid molecules are above their k^ Another way to define selective hybridization is by looking at the percentage of primer that gets enzymatically manipulated under conditions where hybridization is required to promote the desired enzymatic manipulation For example, in some embodiments selective hybridization conditions would be when at least about, 60, 65, 70, 71, 72 73, 74, 75, 76 77, 78, 79, 80, 81 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91 , 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 100 percent of the primer is enzymatically manipulated under conditions which promote the enzymatic manipulation, for example if the enzymatic manipulation is DNA extension, then selective hybridization conditions would be when at least about 60, 65, 70, 71 , 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81 , 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91 , 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 100 percent of the primer molecules are extended. Preferred conditions also include those suggested by the manufacturer or indicated in the art as being appropriate for the enzyme performing the manipulation. Just as with homology, it is understood that there are a variety of methods herein disclosed for determining the level of hybridization between two nucleic acid molecules. It is understood that these methods and conditions may provide different percentages of hybridization between two nucleic acid molecules, but unless otherwise indicated meeting the parameters of any of the methods would be sufficient. For example if 80% hybridization was required and as long as hybridization occurs within the required parameters in any one of these methods it is considered disclosed herein. It is understood that those of skill in the art understand that if a composition or method meets any one of these criteria for determining hybridization either collectively or singly it is a composition or method that is disclosed herein. f) Delivery of the compositions to cells The disclosed compositions and methods often entail delivery of the compositions to cells. For example, antisense molecules directed to alphaό mRNA or gamma2 mRNA can be delivered to cells via any method. A number of exemplary methods are disclosed herein. It is also understood that in certain embodiments, non-nucleic acid molecules will be and can be delivered to cells, for example an antibody to beta4 integrin, alphaό integrin or, gamma2, or a small molecule, or a peptide. Delivery of these molecules can occur by any means, and exemplary compositions and methods for such delivery are disclosed herein. There are a number of compositions and methods which can be used to deliver nucleic acids to cells, either in vitro or in vivo. These methods and compositions can largely be broken down into two classes: viral based delivery systems and non-viral based delivery systems. For example, the nucleic acids can be delivered through a number of direct delivery systems such as, electroporation, lipofection, calcium phosphate precipitation, plasmids, viral vectors, viral nucleic acids, phage nucleic acids, phages, cosmids, or via transfer of genetic material in cells or carriers such as cationic liposomes. Appropriate means for transfection, including viral vectors, chemical transfectants, or physico-mechanical methods such as electroporation and direct diffusion of DNA, are described by, for example, Wolff, J. A., et al, Science, 247, 1465-1468, (1990); and Wolff, J. A. Nature, 352, 815-818, (1991). Such methods are well known in the art and readily adaptable for use with the compositions and methods described herein In certain cases, the methods will be modified to specifically function with large DNA molecules Further, these methods can be used to target certain diseases and cell populations by using the targeting characteristics of the carrier (1 ) Nucleic acid based delivery systems Transfer vectors can be any nucleotide construction used to deliver genes into cells (e g , a plasmid), or as part of a general strategy to deliver genes, e g , as part of recombinant retrovirus or adenovirus (Ram et al Cancer Res 53 83-88, (1993)) As used herein, plasmid or viral vectors are agents that transport the disclosed nucleic acids, such as gamma2 antisense producing molecules into the cell without degradation and include a promoter yielding expression of the gene in the cells into which it is delivered In some embodiments the delivery vectors are derived from either a virus or a retrovirus Viral vectors are, for example, Adenovirus, Adeno-associated virus, Heφes virus, Vaccinia virus, Polio virus, AIDS virus, neuronal trophic virus, Smdbis and other RNA viruses, including these viruses with the HIV backbone Also preferred are any viral families which share the properties of these viruses which make them suitable for use as vectors Retroviruses include Murine Moloney Leukemia virus, MMLV, and retroviruses that express the desirable properties of MMLV as a vector Retroviral vectors are able to carry a larger genetic payload, l e , a transgene or marker gene, than other viral vectors, and for this reason are a commonly used vector However, other than Lentivirus vectors , they are typically not as useful in non-prohferatmg cells Adenovirus vectors are relatively stable and easy to work with, have high titers, and can be delivered in aerosol formulation, and can transfect non-dividmg cells Pox viral vectors are large and have several sites for inserting genes, they are thermostable and can be stored at room temperature A preferred embodiment is a viral vector which has been engineered so as to suppress the immune response of the host organism, elicited by the viral antigens Preferred vectors of this type will carry coding regions for Interleukin 8 or 10 Viral vectors can have higher transaction (ability to introduce genes) abilities than chemical or physical methods to introduce genes into cells Typically, viral vectors contain, nonstructural early genes, structural late genes, an RNA polymerase III transcript, inverted terminal repeats necessary for replication and encapsidation, and promoters to control the transcription and replication of the viral genome When engineered as vectors, viruses typically have one or more of the early genes removed and a gene or gene/promoter cassette is inserted into the viral genome in place of the removed viral DNA Constructs of this type can carry up to about 8 kb of foreign genetic material The necessary functions of the removed early genes are typically supplied by cell lines which have been engineered to express the gene products of the early genes in trans (a) Retroviral Vectors A retrovirus is an animal virus belonging to the virus family of Retroviridae, including any types, subfamilies, genus, or tropisms. Retroviral vectors, in general, are described by Verma, I.M., Retroviral vectors for gene transfer. In Microbiology- 1985, American Society for Microbiology, pp. 229-232, Washington, (1985), which is incoφorated by reference herein. Examples of methods for using retroviral vectors for gene therapy are described in U.S. Patent Nos. 4,868,116 and 4,980,286; PCT applications WO 90/02806 and WO 89/07136; and Mulligan, (Science 260:926-932 (1993)); the teachings of which are incoφorated herein by reference. A retrovirus is essentially a package which has packed into it nucleic acid cargo. The nucleic acid cargo carries with it a packaging signal, which ensures that the replicated daughter molecules will be efficiently packaged within the package coat. In addition to the package signal, there are a number of molecules which are needed in cis, for the replication, and packaging ofthe replicated virus. Typically a retroviral genome, contains the gag, pol, and env genes which are involved in the making ofthe protein coat. It is the gag, pol, and env genes which are typically replaced by the foreign DNA that it is to be transferred to the target cell. Retrovirus vectors typically contain a packaging signal for incoφoration into the package coat, a sequence which signals the start of the gag transcription unit, elements necessary for reverse transcription, including a primer binding site to bind the tRNA primer of reverse transcription, terminal repeat sequences that guide the switch of RNA strands during DNA synthesis, a purine rich sequence 5' to the 3' LTR that serve as the priming site for the synthesis of the second strand of DNA synthesis, and specific sequences near the ends of the LTRs that enable the insertion of the DNA state ofthe retrovirus to insert into the host genome. The removal ofthe gag, pol, and env genes allows for about 8 kb of foreign sequence to be inserted into the viral genome, become reverse transcribed, and upon replication be packaged into a new retroviral particle. This amount of nucleic acid is sufficient for the delivery of a one to many genes depending on the size of each transcript. It is preferable to include either positive or negative selectable markers along with other genes in the insert. Since the replication machinery and packaging proteins in most retroviral vectors have been removed (gag, pol, and env), the vectors are typically generated by placing them into a packaging cell line. A packaging cell line is a cell line which has been transfected or transformed with a retrovirus that contains the replication and packaging machinery, but lacks any packaging signal. When the vector carrying the DNA of choice is transfected into these cell lines, the vector containing the gene of interest is replicated and packaged into new retroviral particles, by the machinery provided in cis by the helper cell. The genomes for the machinery are not packaged because they lack the necessary signals. (b) Adenoviral Vectors The construction of replication-defective adenoviruses has been described (Berkner et al , J Virology 61 1213-1220 (1987), Massie et al , Mol Cell Biol 6 2872-2883 (1986), Haj- Ahmad et al , J Virology 57 267-274 (1986), Davidson et al , J Virology 61 1226- 1239 (1987), Zhang "Generation and identification of recombinant adenovirus by hposome-mediated transfection and PCR analysis" BioTech ques 15 868-872 (1993)) The benefit of the use of these viruses as vectors is that they are limited in the extent to which they can spread to other cell types, since they can replicate within an initial infected cell, but are unable to form new infectious viral particles Recombinant adenoviruses have been shown to achieve high efficiency gene transfer after direct, in vivo delivery to airway epithelium, hepatocytes, vascular endothehum, CNS parenchyma and a number of other tissue sites (Morsy, J Clin Invest 92 1580-1586 (1993), Kirshenbaum, J Clin Invest 92 381-387 (1993), Roessler, J Clin Invest 92 1085- 1092 (1993), Moulher, Nature Genetics 4 154-159 (1993), La Salle, Science 259 988-990 (1993), Gomez Foix, J Biol Chem 267 25129-25134 (1992), Rich, Human Gene Therapy 4 461-476 (1993), Zabner, Nature Genetics 6 75-83 (1994), Guzman, Circulation Research 73 1201-1207 (1993), Bout, Human Gene Therapy 5 3- 10 (1994), Zabner, Cell 75 207-216 (1993), Caillaud, Eur J Neuroscience 5 1287-1291 (1993), and Ragot, J Gen Virology 74 501-507 (1993)) Recombinant adenoviruses achieve gene transduction by binding to specific cell surface receptors, after which the virus is internalized by receptor-mediated endocytosis, in the same manner as wild type or replication-defective adenovirus (Chardonnet and Dales, Virology 40 462-477 (1970), Brown and Burlmgham, J Virology 12 386-396 (1973), Svensson and Persson, J Virology 55 442-449 (1985), Seth, et al , J Virol 51 650-655 (1984), Seth, et al , Mol Cell Biol 4 1528- 1533 (1984), Varga et al , J Virology 65 6061-6070 (1991), Wickham et al , Cell 73 309-319 (1993)) A viral vector can be one based on an adenovirus which has had the El gene removed and these virons are generated in a cell line such as the human 293 cell line In another preferred embodiment both the El and E3 genes are removed from the adenovirus genome (c) Adeno-associated viral vectors Another type of viral vector is based on an adeno-associated virus (AAV) This defective parvovirus is a preferred vector because it can infect many cell types and is nonpathogeniG to humans AAV type vectors can transport about 4 to 5 kb and wild type AAV is known to stably insert into chromosome 19 Vectors which contain this site specific integration property are preferred An especially preferred embodiment of this type of vector is the P4 1 C vector produced by Avigen, San Francisco, CA, which can contain the heφes simplex virus fhymidine kinase gene, HSV-tk, and/or a marker gene, such as the gene encoding the green fluorescent protein, GFP In another type of AAV virus, the AAV contains a pair of inverted terminal repeats (ITRs) which flank at least one cassette containing a promoter which directs cell-specific expression operably linked to a heterologous gene Heterologous in this context refers to any nucleotide sequence or gene which is not native to the AAV or B 19 parvovirus Typically the AAV and B19 coding regions have been deleted, resulting in a safe, noncytotoxic vector The AAV ITRs, or modifications thereof, confer infectivity and site-specific integration, but not cytotoxicity, and the promoter directs cell-specific expression United states Patent No 6,261,834 is herein incoφorated by reference for material related to the AAV vector The vectors of the present invention thus provide DNA molecules which are capable of integration into a mammalian chromosome without substantial toxicity The inserted genes m viral and retroviral usually contain promoters, and/or enhancers to help control the expression of the desired gene product A promoter is generally a sequence or sequences of DNA that function when in a relatively fixed location in regard to the transcription start site A promoter contains core elements required for basic interaction of RNA polymerase and transcription factors, and may contain upstream elements and response elements (d) Large payload viral vectors Molecular genetic experiments with large human heφesviruses have provided a means whereby large heterologous DNA fragments can be cloned, propagated and established in cells permissive for infection with heφesviruses (Sun et al , Nature genetics 8 33-41 , 1994, Cotter and Robertson, Curr Opin Mol Ther 5 633-644, 1999) These large DNA viruses (heφes simplex virus (HSV) and Epstem-Barr virus (EBV), have the potential to deliver fragments of human heterologous DNA > 150 kb to specific cells EBV recombmants can maintain large pieces of DNA in the infected B-cells as episomal DNA Individual clones carried human genomic inserts up to 330 kb appeared genetically stable The maintenance of these episomes requires a specific EBV nuclear protein, EBNAl, constitutively expressed during infection with EBV Additionally, these vectors can be used for transfection, where large amounts of protein can be generated transiently in vitro Heφesvirus amplicon systems are also being used to package pieces of DNA > 220 kb and to infect cells that can stably maintain DNA as episomes Other useful systems include, for example, replicating and host-restriGted non-rephcating vaccinia virus vectors (2) Non-nucleic acid based systems The disclosed compositions can be delivered to the target cells in a variety of ways For example, the compositions can be delivered through electroporation, or through lipofection, or through calcium phosphate precipitation The delivery mechanism chosen will depend in part on the type of cell targeted and whether the delivery is occurring for example in vivo or in vitro. Thus, the compositions can comprise, in addition to the disclosed nucleic acids and proteins or vectors for example, lipids such as liposomes, such as cationic liposomes (e.g., DOTMA, DOPE, DC-cholesterol) or anionic liposomes. Liposomes can further comprise proteins to facilitate targeting a particular cell, if desired. Administration of a composition comprising a compound and a cationic liposome can be administered to the blood afferent to a target organ or inhaled into the respiratory tract to target cells of the respiratory tract. Regarding liposomes, see, e.g., Brigham et al. Am. J. Resp. Cell. Mol. Biol. 1 :95-100 (1989); Feigner et al. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci USA 84:7413-7417 (1987); U.S. Pat. No.4,897,355. Furthermore, the compound can be administered as a component of a microcapsule that can be targeted to specific cell types, such as macrophages, or where the diffusion of the compound or delivery of the compound from the microcapsule is designed for a specific rate or dosage. In the methods described above which include the administration and uptake of exogenous DNA into the cells of a subject (i.e., gene transduction or transfection), delivery of the compositions to cells can be via a variety of mechanisms. As one example, delivery can be via a liposome, using commercially available liposome preparations such as LIPOFECTESF, LIPOFECTAMTNE (GΓBCO-BRL, Inc., Gaithersburg, MD), SUPERFECT (Qiagen, Inc. Hilden, Germany) and TRANSFECTAM (Promega Biotec, Inc., Madison, WI), as well as other liposomes developed according to procedures standard in the art. In addition, the nucleic acid or vector of this invention can be delivered in vivo by electroporation, the technology for which is available from Genetronics, Inc. (San Diego, CA) as well as by means of a SONOPORATION machine (ImaRx Pharmaceutical Coφ., Tucson, AZ). The materials may be in solution or suspension (for example, incoφorated into microparticles, liposomes, or cells). These may be targeted to a particular cell type via antibodies, receptors, or receptor Hgands. The following references are examples o the use of this technology to target specific proteins to tumor tissue (Senter, et al., Bioconiugate Chem.. 2:447-451, (1991); Bagshawe, K.D., Br. J. Cancer. 60:275-281, (1989); Bagshawe, et al., Br. J. Cancer. 58:700-703, (1988); Senter, et al., Bioconiugate Chem,. 4:3-9, (1993); Battelli, et al., Cancer Immunol. Immunofher.. 35:421-425, (1992); Pietersz and McKenzie. Immunolog. Reviews. 129:57-80, (1992); and Roffler, et al., Biochem. Pharmacol. 42:2062-2065, (1991)). These techniques can be used for a variety of other specific cell types. Vehicles, among others, include "stealth" and other antibody conjugated liposomes (including lipid mediated drug targeting to colonic carcinoma), receptor mediated targeting of DNA through cell specific ligands, lymphocyte directed tumor targeting, and highly specific therapeutic retroviral targeting of murine glioma cells in vivo. The following references are examples of the use of this technology to target specific proteins to tumor tissue (Hughes et al , Cancer Research. 49 6214 6220, (1989), and Litzmger and Huang, Biochimica et Biophysica Acta, 1 104 179-187, (1992)) In general, receptors are involved in pathways of endocytosis, either constitutive or ligand induced These receptors cluster m clathπn- coated pits, enter the cell via clathπn-coated vesicles, pass through an acidified endosome in which the receptors are sorted, and then either recycle to the cell surface, become stored intracellularly, or are degraded in lysosomes The internalization pathways serve a variety of functions, such as nutrient uptake, removal of activated proteins, clearance of macromolecules, opportunistic entry of viruses and toxins, dissociation and degradation of ligand, and receptor-level regulation Many receptors follow more than one intracellular pathway, depending on the cell type, receptor concentration, type of ligand, ligand valency, and ligand concentration Molecular and cellular mechanisms of receptor-mediated endocytosis has been reviewed (Brown and Greene, DNA and Cell Biology 10 6, 399-409 (1991)) Nucleic acids that are delivered to cells which are to be integrated into the host cell genome, typically contain integration sequences These sequences are often viral related sequences, particularly when viral based systems are used These viral integration systems can also be incoφorated into nucleic acids which are to be delivered using a non-nucleic acid based system of deliver, such as a liposome, so that the nucleic acid contained m the delivery system can be come integrated into the host genome Other general techniques for integration into the host genome include, for example, systems designed to promote homologous recombination with the host genome These systems typically rely on sequence flanking the nucleic acid to be expressed that has enough homology with a target sequence within the host cell genome that recombination between the vector nucleic acid and the target nucleic acid takes place, causing the delivered nucleic acid to be integrated into the host genome These systems and the methods necessary to promote homologous recombination are known to those of skill m the art As described above, the compositions can be administered in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and can be delivered to the subject§s cells m vivo and/or e\ vivo by a variety of mechanisms well known in the art (e g , uptake of naked DNA, liposome fusion, intramuscular injection of DNA via a gene gun, endocytosis and the like) If ex vivo methods are employed, cells or tissues can be removed and maintained outside the body according to standard protocols well known in the art The compositions can be introduced into the cells via any gene transfer mechanism, such as, for example, calcium phosphate mediated gene delivery, electroporation, microinjection or proteohposomes The transduced cells can then be infused (e g , in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier) or homotopically transplanted back into the subject per standard methods for the cell or tissue type. Standard methods are known for transplantation or infusion of various cells into a subject. It is understood that in certain embodiments, constructs which produce an integrin signal transduction inhibitor are driven by inducible promoters, rather than constitutive promoters. inducible systems provide certain advantages, to the expression of the disclosed constructs. Any inducible system can be used. Also disclosed are cells containing the inducible systems, described herein, and in the Examples. These cells, can be used as model systems in a wide variety of assays, as well as in vivo settings. q) Expression systems The nucleic acids that are delivered to cells typically contain expression controlling systems. For example, the inserted genes in viral and retroviral systems usually contain promoters, and/or enhancers to help control the expression of the desired gene product. A promoter is generally a sequence or sequences of DNA that function when in a relatively fixed location in regard to the transcription start site. A promoter contains core elements required for basic interaction of RNA polymerase and transcription factors, and may contain upstream elements and response elements. (1 ) Viral Promoters and Enhancers Preferred promoters controlling transcription from vectors in mammalian host cells may be obtained from various sources, for example, the genomes of viruses such as: polyoma, Simian Virus 40 (SV40), adenovirus, retroviruses, hepatitis-B virus and most preferably cytomegalovirus, or from heterologous mammalian promoters, e.g. beta actin promoter. The early and late promoters of the SV40 virus are conveniently obtained as an SV40 restriction fragment which also contains the SV40 viral origin of replication (Fiers et al., Nature. 273: 113 (1978)). The immediate early promoter of the human cytomegalovirus is conveniently obtained as a Hindlll E restriction fragment (Greenway, P.J. e al, Gene 18: 355-360 (1982)). Of course, promoters from the host cell or related species also are useful herein. Enhancer generally refers to a sequence of DNA that functions at no fixed distance from the transcription start site and can be either 5' (Laimins, L. et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci, 78: 993 (1981)) or 3' (Lusky, M.L, et al., Mol. Cell Bio. 3: 1 108 (1983)) to the transcription unit. Furthermore, enhancers can be within an intron (Banerji, J.L. et al.. Cell 33 : 729 (1983)) as well as within the coding sequence itself (Osbome, T.F., et al., Mol. Cell Bio. 4: 1293 (1984)). They are usually between 10 and 300 bp in length, and they function in cis. Enhancers function to increase transcription from nearby promoters. Enhancers also often contain response elements that mediate the regulation of transcription. Promoters can also contain response elements that mediate the regulation of transcription. Enhancers often determine the regulation of expression of a gene. While many enhancer sequences are now known from mammalian genes (globm, elastase, albumin, ot fetoprotein and insulin), typically one will use an enhancet from a eukaryotic cell virus for general expression Preferred examples are the SV40 enhancer on the late side of the replication origin (bp 100-270), the cytomegalovirus early promoter enhancer, the polyoma enhancer on the late side of the replication origin, and adenovirus enhancers The promoter and/or enhancer may be specifically activated either by light or specific chemical events which trigger their function Systems can be regulated by reagents such as tetracyclme and dexamethasone There are also ways to enhance viral vector gene expression by exposure to irradiation, such as gamma irradiation, or alkylating chemotherapy drugs In certain embodiments the promoter and/or enhancer region can act as a constitutive promoter and/or enhancer to maximize expression ofthe region of the transcription unit to be transcribed In certain constructs the promoter and/or enhancer region be active in all eukaryotic cell types, even if it is only expressed in a particular type of cell at a particular time A preferred promoter of this type is the CMV promoter (650 bases) Other preferred promoters are SV40 promoters, cytomegalovirus (full length promoter), and retroviral vector LTF It has been shown that all specific regulatory elements can be cloned and used to construct expression vectors that are selectively expressed in specific cell types such as melanoma cells The ghal fibπllary acetic protein (GFAP) promoter has been used to selectively express genes in cells of g al origin Expression vectors used in eukaryotic host cells (yeast, fungi, insect, plant, animal, human or nucleated cells) may also contain sequences necessary for the termination of transcription which may affect mRNA expression These regions are transcribed as polyadenylated segments in the untranslated portion of the mRNA encoding tissue factor protein The 3' untranslated regions also include transcription termination sites It is preferred that the transcription unit also contain a polyadenylation region One benefit of this region is that it increases the likelihood that the transcribed unit will be processed and transported like mRNA The identification and use of polyadenylation signals in expression constructs is well established It is preferred that homologous polyadenylation signals be used in the transgene constructs In certain transcription units, the polyadenylation region is derived from the SV40 early polyadenylation signal and consists of about 400 bases It is also preferred that the transcribed units contain other standard sequences alone or in combination with the above sequences improve expression from, or stability of, the construct (2) Markers The viral vectors can include nucleic acid sequence encoding a marker product This marker product is used to determine if the gene has been delivered to the cell and once delivered is being expressed. Preferred marker genes are the E. Coli lacZ gene, which encodes β- galactosidase, and green fluorescent protein. In some embodiments the marker may be a selectable marker. Examples of suitable selectable markers for mammalian cells are dihydrofolate reductase (DHFR), thymidine kinase, neomycin, neomycin analog G418, hydromycin, and puromycin. When such selectable markers are successfully transferred into a mammalian host cell, the transformed mammalian host cell can survive if placed under selective pressure. There are two widely used distinct categories of selective regimes. The first category is based on a cell's metabolism and the use of a mutant cell line which lacks the ability to grow independent of a supplemented media. Two examples are: CHO DHFR- cells and mouse LTK- cells. These cells lack the ability to grow without the addition of such nutrients as thymidine or hypoxanthine. Because these cells lack certain genes necessary for a complete nucleotide synthesis pathway, they cannot survive unless the missing nucleotides are provided in a supplemented media. An alternative to supplementing the media is to introduce an intact DHFR or TK gene into cells lacking the respective genes, thus altering their growth requirements. Individual cells which were not transformed with the DHFR or TK gene will not be capable of survival in non-supplemented media. The second category is dominant selection which refers to a selection scheme used in any cell type and does not require the use of a mutant cell line. These schemes typically use a drug to arrest growth of a host cell. Those cells which have a novel gene would express a protein conveying drug resistance and would survive the selection. Examples of such dominant selection use the drugs neomycin, (Southern P. and Berg. P.. J. Molec. Appl. Genet. 1: 327 (1982)), mycophenolic acid, (Mulligan, R.C. and Berg, P. Science 209: 1422 (1980)) or hygromycin, (Sugden, B. et al.. Mol. Cell. Biol. 5: 410-413 (1985)). The three examples employ bacterial genes under eukaryotic control to convey resistance to the appropriate drug G418 or neomycin (geneticin), xgpt (mycophenolic acid) or hygromycin, respectively. Others include the neomycin analog G418 and puromycin. h) Peptides (1 ) Protein variants As discussed herein there are numerous variants of the beta4 integrin protein, alphaό integrin protein, and gamma2 laminin5 protein, for example, that are known and herein contemplated. In addition, to the known functional homologue variants there are derivatives of the beta4, alphaό, and gamma2, and other disclosed proteins which also function in the disclosed methods and compositions. Protein variants and derivatives are well understood to those of skill in the art and in can involve amino acid sequence modifications. For example, amino acid sequence modifications typically fall into one or more of three classes: substitutional, insertional or deletional variants Insertions include amino and/or carboxyl terminal fusions as well as mtrasequence insertions of single or multiple ammo acid residues Insertions ordinarily will be smaller insertions than those of amino or carboxyl terminal fusions, for example, on the order of one to four residues Immunogenic fusion protein derivatives are made by fusing a polypeptide sufficiently large to confer immunogenicity to the target sequence by cross-linkmg m vitro or by recombinant cell culture transformed with DNA encoding the fusion Deletions are characterized by the removal of one or more amino acid residues from the protein sequence Typically, no more than about from 2 to 6 residues are deleted at any one site withm the protein molecule These variants ordinarily are prepared by site specific mutagenesis of nucleotides in the DNA encoding the protein, thereby producing DNA encoding the variant, and thereafter expressing the DNA in recombinant cell culture Techniques for making substitution mutations at predetermined sites in DNA having a known sequence are well known, for example Ml 3 primer mutagenesis and PCR mutagenesis Amino acid substitutions are typically of single residues, but can occur at a number of different locations at once, insertions usually will be on the order of about from 1 to 10 ammo acid residues, and deletions will range about from 1 to 30 residues Deletions or insertions preferably are made in adjacent pairs, I e a deletion of 2 residues or insertion of 2 residues Substitutions, deletions, insertions or any combination thereof may be combined to arrive at a final construct The mutations must not place the sequence out of reading frame and preferably will not create complementary regions that could produce secondary mRNA structure Substitutional variants are those in which at least one residue has been removed and a different residue inserted in its place Such substitutions generally are made in accordance with the following Tables 1 and 2 and are referred to as conservative substitutions TABLE 1 Amino Acid A bbn Amino Acid Abbreviations alanine Ala A allosoleucine Alle arginine Arg R asparagine Asn N aspartic acid Asp D cysteine Cys C glutamic acid Glu E glutamine Gin K glycine Gly G histidine His H isolelucine He I leucine Leu L lysine Lys K phenylalanine Phe F prohne Pro P pyroglutamic acid pGlu serine Ser S threonine Thr T tyrosine Tyr Y tryptophan Tφ W valme Val V TABLE 2 Ammo Acid Substitutions Original Residue Exemplary Conservative Substitutions, others are known in the art Ala ser Thr ser Tφ tyr Substantial changes m function or immunological identity are made by selecting substitutions that are less conservative than those in Table 2, I e , selecting residues that differ more significantly in their effect on maintaining (a) the structure of the polypeptide backbone in the area of the substitution, for example as a sheet or helical conformation, (b) the charge or hydrophobicity of the molecule at the target site or (c) the bulk of the side chain The substitutions which m general are expected to produce the greatest changes in the protein properties will be those in which (a) a hydrophihc residue, e g seryl or threonyl, is substituted for (or by) a hydrophobic residue, e g leucyl, isoleucyl, phenylalanyl, valyl or alanyl, (b) a cysteine or prohne is substituted for (or by) any other residue, (c) a residue having an electropositive side chain, e g , lysyl, argmyl, or histidyl, is substituted for (or by) an electronegative residue, e g , glutamyl or aspaityl, or (d) a residue having a bulky side chain, e g , phenylalanine, is substituted for (or by) one not having a side chain, e g , glycine, in this case, (e) by increasing the number of sites for sulfation and/or glycosylation For example, the replacement of one amino acid residue with another that is biologically and/or chemically similar is known to those skilled in the art as a conservative substitution For example, a conservative substitution would be replacing one hydrophobic residue for another, or one polar residue for another The substitutions include combinations such as, for example Gly, Ala Val, He, Leu, Asp, Glu, Asn, Gin Ser, Thr, Lys, Arg, and Phe, Tyr Such conservatively substituted variations of each explicitly disclosed sequence are included withm the mosaic polypeptides provided herein Substitutional or deletional mutagenesis can be employed to insert sites for N- glycosylation (Asn-X Thr/Ser) or O-glycosylation (Ser or Thr) Deletions of cysteine or other labile residues also may be desirable Deletions or substitutions of potential proteolysis sites, e g Arg, is accomplished for example by deleting one o the basic residues or substituting one by glutaminyl or histidyl residues Certain post translational denvatizations are the result of the action of recombinant host cells on the expressed polypeptide Glutaminyl and asparaginyl residues are frequently post- translationally deamidated to the corresponding glutamyl and asparyl residues Alternatively, these residues are deamidated under mildly acidic conditions Other post-translational modifications include hydroxylation of prohne and lysine, phosphorylation of hydroxyl groups of seryl or threonyl residues, methylation ofthe o-ammo groups of lysine, arginine, and histidine side chains (T E Creighton, Proteins Structure and Molecular Properties, W H Freeman & Co , San Francisco pp 79-86 [1983]), acetylation of the N-termmal amine and, in some instances, amidation of the C-terminal carboxyl It is understood that one way to define the variants and derivatives of the disclosed proteins herein is through defining the variants and derivatives in terms of homology/identity to specific known sequences For example, SEQ ID NO SEQ ID NO 5 sets forth a particular sequence of beta4 mtegrm cDNA and SEQ ID NO 6 sets forth a particular sequence of a beta4 integrm protein Specifically disclosed are variants of these and other proteins herein disclosed which have at least, 70% or 75% or 80% or 85% or 90% or 95%> homology to the stated sequence Those of skill in the art readily understand how to determine the homology of two proteins For example, the homology can be calculated after aligning the two sequences so that the homology is at its highest level Another way of calculating homology can be performed by published algorithms Optimal alignment of sequences for comparison may be conducted by the local homology algorithm of Smith and Waterman Adv Appl Math 2 482 (1981), by the homology alignment algorithm of Needleman and Wunsch, J MoL Biol 48 443 (1970), by the search for similarity method of Pearson and Lipman, Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A 85 2444 (1988), by computerized implementations of these algorithms (GAP, BESTFIT, FASTA, and TFASTA in the Wisconsin Genetics Software Package, Genetics Computer Group, 575 Science Dr , Madison, WI), or by inspection The same types of homology can be obtained for nucleic acids by for example the algorithms disclosed in Zuker, M Science 244 48 52 1989, Jaeger et al Pi oc Natl Acad Sci USA 86 7706-7710, 1989, Jaeger et al Methods Enzymol 183 281-306, 1989 which are herein incoφorated by reference for at least material related to nucleic acid alignment. It is understood that the description of conservative mutations and homology can be combined together in any combination, such as embodiments that have at least 70% homology to a particular sequence wherein the variants are conservative mutations. As this specification discusses various proteins and protein sequences it is understood that the nucleic acids that can encode those protein sequences are also disclosed. This would include all degenerate sequences related to a specific protein sequence, i.e. all nucleic acids having a sequence that encodes one particular protein sequence as well as all nucleic acids, including degenerate nucleic acids, encoding the disclosed variants and derivatives of the protein sequences. Thus, while each particular nucleic acid sequence may not be written out herein, it is understood that each and every sequence is in fact disclosed and described herein through the disclosed protein sequence. For example, one ofthe many nucleic acid sequences that can encode the protein sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO:6 is set forth in SEQ ID NO:5. Another nucleic acid sequence that encodes the same protein sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO:6 is set forth in SEQ ID NO: 16. In addition, for example, a disclosed conservative derivative of SEQ ID NO:2 is shown in SEQ ID NO: 17, where the valine (V) at position 34 is changed to a isoleucine (I). It is understood that for this mutation all of the nucleic acid sequences that encode this particular derivative of the beta4 integrin are also disclosed including for example SEQ ID NO: 18 and SEQ ID NO: 19 which set forth two of the degenerate nucleic acid sequences that encode the particular polypeptide set forth in SEQ ID NO: 17. It is also understood that while no amino acid sequence indicates what particular DNA sequence encodes that protein within an organism, where particular variants of a disclosed protein are disclosed herein, the known nucleic acid sequence that encodes that protein in the particular organism from which that protein arises is also known and herein disclosed and described. i) Pharmaceutical carriers/Delivery of pharmaceutical products As described above, the compositions, for example, compositions that inhibit alphaό function, beta4 function, or gamma2 function can also be administered in vivo in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. By "pharmaceutically acceptable" is meant a material that is not biologically or otherwise undesirable, i.e., the material may be administered to a subject, along with the nucleic acid or vector, without causing any undesirable biological effects or interacting in a deleterious manner with any of the other components of the pharmaceutical composition in which it is contained. The carrier would naturally be selected to minimize any degradation of the active ingredient and to minimize any adverse side effects in the subject, as would be well known to one of skill in the art. The compositions may be administered orally, parenterally (e.g., intravenously), by intramuscular injection, by intraperitoneal injection, transdermally, extracoφoreally, topically or the like, although topical mtranasal administration or administration by inhalant is typically preferred As used herein, "topical mtranasal administration" means delivery ofthe compositions into the nose and nasal passages through one or both of the nares and can comprise delivery by a spraying mechanism or droplet mechanism, or through aerosohzation of the nucleic acid or vector The latter may be effective when a large number of animals is to be treated simultaneously Administration ofthe compositions by inhalant can be through the nose or mouth via delivery by a spraying or droplet mechanism Delivery can also be directly to any area of the respiratory system (e g , lungs) via intubation The exact amount of the compositions required will vary from subject to subject, depending on the species, age, weight and general condition o the subject, the seventy of the allergic disorder being treated, the particular nucleic acid or vector used, its mode of administration and the like Thus, it is not possible to specify an exact amount for every composition However, an appropriate amount can be determined by one of ordinary skill in the art using only routine experimentation given the teachings herein Parenteral administration of the composition, if used, is generally characterized by injection Injectables can be prepared in conventional forms, either as liquid solutions or suspensions, solid forms suitable for solution of suspension in liquid prior to injection, or as emulsions A more recently revised approach for parenteral administration involves use of a slow release or sustained release system such that a constant dosage is maintained See, e g , U S Patent No 3,610,795, which is incoφorated by reference herein The materials may be in solution, suspension (for example, incoφorated into microparticles, liposomes, or cells) These may be targeted to a particular cell type via antibodies, receptors, or receptor hgands The following references are examples of the use of this technology to target specific proteins to tumor tissue (Senter, et al , Bioconiugate Chem , 2 447-451 , (1991), Bagshawe, K D , Br J Cancer. 60 275-281, (1989), Bagshawe, et al , Br J Cancer. 58 700-703, (1988), Senter, et al , Bioconiugate Chem . 4 3-9, (1993), Battelh, et al , Cancer Immunol Immunother . 35 421-425, (1992), Pietersz and McKenzie. Immunolog Reviews. 129 57-80, (1992), and Roffler, et al , Biochem Pharmacol. 42 2062-2065, (1991)) Vehicles such as "stealth" and other antibody conjugated liposomes (including lipid mediated drug targeting to Golonic carcinoma), receptor mediated targeting of DNA through cell specific hgands, lymphocyte directed tumor targeting, and highly specific therapeutic retroviral targeting of murine ghoma cells in vivo The following references are examples of the use of this technology to target specific proteins to tumor tissue (Hughes et al , Cancer Research. 49 6214-6220, (1989), and Litzinger and Huang, Biochimica et Biophvsica Acta. 1 104 179- 187, (1 92)) In general, receptors are involved in pathways of endocytosis, either constitutive or ligand induced These receptors cluster in clathπn-coated pits, enter the cell via clathrm-coated vesicles, pass through an acidified endosome in which the receptors are sorted, and then either recycle to the cell surface, become stored intracellularly, or are degraded in lysosomes. The internalization pathways serve a variety of functions, such as nutrient uptake, removal of activated proteins, clearance of macromolecules, opportunistic entry of viruses and toxins, dissociation and degradation of ligand, and receptor-level regulation. Many receptors follow more than one intracellular pathway, depending on the cell type, receptor concentration, type of ligand, ligand valency, and ligand concentration. Molecular and cellular mechanisms of receptor-mediated endocytosis has been reviewed (Brown and Greene, DNA and Cell Biology 10:6, 399-409 (1991)). (1 ) Pharmaceutically Acceptable Carriers The compositions, including antibodies, can be used therapeutically in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. Pharmaceutical carriers are known to those skilled in the art. These most typically would be standard carriers for administration of drugs to humans, including solutions such as sterile water, saline, and buffered solutions at physiological pH. The compositions can be administered intramuscularly or subcutaneously. Other compounds will be administered according to standard procedures used by those skilled in the art. Pharmaceutical compositions may include carriers, thickeners, diluents, buffers, preservatives, surface active agents and the like in addition to the molecule of choice. Pharmaceutical compositions may also include one or more active ingredients such as antimicrobial agents, anti-inflammatory agents, anesthetics, and the like. The pharmaceutical composition may be administered in a number of ways depending on whether local or systemic treatment is desired, and on the area to be treated. Administration may be topically (including ophthalmically, vaginally, rectally, intranasally), orally, by inhalation, or parenterally, for example by intravenous drip, subcutaneous, intraperitoneal or intramuscular injection. The disclosed antibodies can be administered intravenously, intraperitoneally, intramuscularly, subcutaneously, intracavity, or transdermally. Preparations for parenteral administration include sterile aqueous or non-aqueous solutions, suspensions, and emulsions. Examples of non-aqueous solvents are propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, vegetable oils such as olive oil, and injectable organic esters such as ethyl oleate. Aqueous carriers include water, alcoholic/aqueous solutions, emulsions or suspensions, including saline and buffered media. Parenteral vehicles include sodium chloride solution, Ringer's dextrose, dextrose and sodium chloride, lactated Ringer's, or fixed oils. Intravenous vehicles include fluid and nutrient replenishers, electrolyte replenishers (such as those based on Ringer's dextrose), and the like. Preservatives and other additives may also be present such as, for example, antimicrobials, anti-oxidants, chelating agents, and inert gases and the like. Formulations for topical administration may include ointments, lotions, creams, gels, drops, suppositories, sprays, liquids and powders. Conventional pharmaceutical carriers, aqueous, powder or oily bases, thickeners and the like may be necessary or desirable. Compositions for oral administration include powders or granules, suspensions or solutions in water or non-aqueous media, capsules, sachets, or tablets. Thickeners, flavorings, diluents, emulsifiers, dispersing aids or binders may be desirable. Some of the compositions may potentially be administered as a pharmaceutically acceptable acid- or base- addition salt, formed by reaction with inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, perchloric acid, nitric acid, thiocyanic acid, sulfuric acid, and phosphoric acid, and organic acids such as formic acid, acetic acid, propionic acid, glycolic acid, lactic acid, pyruvic acid, oxalic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, maleic acid, and fumaric acid, or by reaction with an inorganic base such as sodium hydroxide, ammonium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, and organic bases such as mono-, di-, trialkyl and aryl amines and substituted ethanolamines. (2) Therapeutic Uses The dosage ranges for the administration ofthe compositions are those large enough to produce the desired effect in which the symptoms disorder are effected. The dosage should not be so large as to cause adverse side effects, such as unwanted cross-reactions, anaphylactic reactions, and the like. Generally, the dosage will vary with the age, condition, sex and extent ofthe disease in the patient and can be determined by one of skill in the art. The dosage can be adjusted by the individual physician in the event of any counterindications, Dosage can vary, and can be administered in one or more dose administrations daily, for one or several days. Other compositions which do not have a specific pharmaceutical function, but which may be used for tracking changes within cellular chromosomes or for the delivery of diagnostic tools for example can be delivered in ways similar to those described for the pharmaceutical products. j) Chips and micro arrays Disclosed are chips where at least one address is the sequences or part of the sequences set forth in any of the nucleic acid sequences disclosed herein. Also disclosed are chips where at least one address is the sequences or portion of sequences set forth in any of the peptide sequences disclosed herein. Also disclosed are chips where at least one address is a variant of the sequences or part of the sequences set forth in any of the nucleic acid sequences disclosed herein. Also disclosed are chips where at least one address is a variant of the sequences or portion of sequences set forth in any of the peptide sequences disclosed herein k) Computer readable mediums It is understood that the disclosed nucleic acids and proteins can be represented as a sequence consisting of the nucleotides of amino acids There are a variety of ways to display these sequences, for example the nucleotide guanosme can be represented by G or g Likewise the ammo acid valme can be represented by Val or V Those of skill in the art understand how to display and express any nucleic acid or protein sequence in any of the variety of ways that exist, each of which is considered herein disclosed Specifically contemplated herein is the display of these sequences on computer readable mediums, such as, commercially available floppy disks, tapes, chips, hard drives, compact disks, and video disks, or other computer readable mediums Also disclosed are the binary code representations of the disclosed sequences Those of skill in the art understand what computer readable mediums Thus, computer readable mediums on which the nucleic acids or protein sequences are recorded, stored, or saved Disclosed are computer readable mediums comprising the sequences and information regarding the sequences set forth herein Also disclosed are computer readable mediums comprising the sequences and information regarding the sequences set forth herein wherein the sequences do not include SEQ ID NOs SEQ ID NOs 1-19 I) Kits Disclosed herein are kits that are drawn to reagents that can be used m practicing the methods disclosed herein The kits can include any reagent or combination of reagent discussed herein or that would be understood to be required or beneficial in the practice ofthe disclosed methods For example, the kits could include primers to perform the amplification reactions discussed in certain embodiments of the methods, as well as the buffers and enzymes required to use the primers as intended For example, disclosed is a kit for assessing a subject's risk for acquiring cancer, such as colon cancer, comprising the primers or probes that hybridize to the sequences set forth in SEQ ID NOs 1 , 3, 5, 7, 9, 1 1, and 13, for example m) Compositions with similar functions It is understood that the compositions disclosed herein have certain functions, such as inhibiting gamma2 function or binding alphaό mtegrm or inhibiting beta4 function Disclosed herein are certain structural requirements for performing the disclosed functions, and it is understood that there are a variety of structures which can perform the same function which are related to the disclosed structures, and that these structures will ultimately achieve the same result, for example stimulation or inhibition alpha6beta4 signaling or interruption of the alpha6beta4 signaling pathway 2. Methods of making the compositions The compositions disclosed herein and the compositions necessary to perform the disclosed methods can be made using any method known to those of skill in the art for that particular reagent or compound unless otherwise specifically noted. 5 a) Nucleic acid synthesis For example, the nucleic acids, such as, the oligonucleotides to be used as primers can be made using standard chemical synthesis methods or can be produced using enzymatic methods or any other known method. Such methods can range from standard enzymatic digestion followed by nucleotide fragment isolation (see for example, Sambrook et al, Molecular Cloning: A Laboratoiy 10 Manual, 2nd Edition (Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y., 1989) Chapters 5, 6) to purely synthetic methods, for example, by the cyanoethyl phosphoramidite method using a Milligen or Beckman System lPlus DNA synthesizer (for example, Model 8700 automated synthesizer of Milligen-Biosearch, Burlington, MA or AJBI Model 380B). Synthetic methods useful for making oligonucleotides are also described by Ikuta et al., Ann. Rev. Biochem. 15 53:323-356 (1984), (phosphotriester and phosphite-triester methods), and Narang et al, Methods Enzymol, 65:610-620 (1980), (phosphotriester method). Protein nucleic acid molecules can be made using known methods such as those described by Nielsen et al, Bioconjug. Chem. 5:3-7 (1994). b) Peptide synthesis 0 One method of producing the disclosed proteins, or fragments of the disclosed proteins, such as a fragment of SEQ ID NO:6, is to link two or more peptides or polypeptides together by protein chemistry techniques. For example, peptides or polypeptides can be chemically synthesized using currently available laboratory equipment using either Fmoc (9- fluorenylmefhyloxycarbonyl) or Boc (tert -butyloxycarbonoyl) chemistry. (Applied Biosystems, 5 Inc., Foster City, CA). One skilled in the art can readily appreciate that a peptide or polypeptide corresponding to the disclosed proteins, for example, can be synthesized by standard chemical reactions. For example, a peptide or polypeptide can be synthesized and not cleaved from its synthesis resin whereas the other fragment of a peptide or protein can be synthesized and subsequently cleaved from the resin, thereby exposing a terminal group which is functionally 0 blocked on the other fragment. By peptide condensation reactions, these two fragments can be covalently joined via a peptide bond at their carboxyl and amino termini, respectively, to form an antibody, or fragment thereof. (Grant GA (1992) Synthetic Peptides: A User Guide. W.H. Freeman and Co., N.Y. (1992); Bodansky M and Trost B., Ed. (1993) Principles of Peptide Synthesis. Springer- Verlag Inc., NY (which is herein incoφorated by reference at least for 5 material related to peptide synthesis). Alternatively, the peptide or polypeptide is independently synthesized / ' ;; vivo as described herein. Once isolated, these independent peptides or polypeptides may be linked to form a peptide or fragment thereof via similar peptide condensation reactions For example, enzymatic ligation of cloned or synthetic peptide segments allow relatively short peptide fragments to be joined to produce larger peptide fragments, polypeptides or whole protein domains (Abrahmsen L et al , Biochemistry, 30 4151 (1991)) Alternatively, native chemical ligation of synthetic peptides can be utilized to synthetically construct large peptides or polypeptides from shorter peptide fragments This method consists of a two step chemical reaction (Dawson et al Synthesis of Proteins by Native Chemical Ligation Science, 266 776-779 (1994)) The first step is the chemoselective reaction of an unprotected synthetic peptide— thioester with another unprotected peptide segment containing an amino-terminal Cys residue to give a thioester linked intermediate as the initial covalent product Without a change in the reaction conditions, this intermediate undergoes spontaneous, rapid intramolecular reaction to form a native peptide bond at the ligation site (Baggiohm M et al (1992) FEBS Lett 307 97- 101 , Clark-Lewis I et al , J Biol Chem , 269 16075 (1994), Clark-Lewis I et al , Biochemistry, 30 3128 (1991), Rajarathnam K et al , Biochemistry 33 6623-30 (1994)) Alternatively, unprotected peptide segments are chemically linked where the bond formed between the peptide segments as a result o the chemical ligation is an unnatural (non-peptide) bond (Schnolzer, M et al Science, 256 221 (1992)) This technique has been used to synthesize analogs of protein domains as well as large amounts of relatively pure proteins with full biological activity (deLisle Milton RC et al , Techniques in Protein Chemistry IV Academic Press, New York, pp 257-267 (1992)) The disclosed proteins and polypeptides such as that for SEQ ID NO 6, beta4 mtegrin, can be made using any traditional recombinant biotechnology method Examples of such methods can be found in Sambrook et al which is herein incoφorated by reference at least for material related to production of proteins and antibodies c) Processes for making the compositions Disclosed are processes for making the compositions as well as making the intermediates leading to the compositions For example, disclosed are nucleic acids in SEQ ID NOs 1, 3, 5, 7, 9, 1 1 , and 13 There are a vaπety of methods that can be used for making these compositions, such as synthetic chemical methods and standard molecular biology methods It is understood that the methods of making these and the other disclosed compositions are specifically disclosed Disclosed are nucleic acid molecules produced by the process comprising linking in an operative way a nucleic add molecule comprising the sequence set forth in SEQ ID Nos 1 , 3, 5, 7, 9, 1 1 , or 13 or a fragment thereof, and a sequence controlling the expression of the nucleiG acid Also disclosed are nucleic acid molecules produced by the process comprising linking in an operative way a nucleic acid molecule comprising a sequence having at least 80% identity to a sequence set forth in SEQ ID Nos: l, 3, 5, 7, 9, 1 1 , or 13 or a fragment thereof, and a sequence controlling the expression of the nucleic acid. Disclosed are nucleic acid molecules produced by the process comprising linking in an operative way a nucleic acid molecule comprising a sequence that hybridizes under stringent hybridization conditions to a nucleic acid molecule comprising the sequence set forth in SEQ ID Nos:l , 3, 5, 7, 9, 1 1, or 13 or a fragment thereof, and a sequence controlling the expression of the nucleic acid. Disclosed are nucleic acid molecules produced by the process comprising linking in an operative way a nucleic acid molecule comprising a sequence encoding a peptide set forth in SEQ ID Nos:2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, or 14 or a fragment thereof, and a sequence controlling an expression of the nucleic acid molecule. Disclosed are nucleic acid molecules produced by the process comprising linking in an operative way a nucleic acid molecule comprising a sequence encoding a peptide having 80% identity to a peptide set forth in SEQ ID Nos:2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, or 14 or a fragment thereof and a sequence controlling an expression ofthe nucleic acid molecule. Disclosed are nucleic acids produced by the process comprising linking in an operative way a nucleic acid molecule comprising a sequence encoding a peptide having 80% identity to a peptide set forth in SEQ ID Nos:2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, or 14 or a fragment thereof, wherein any change from the sequences set forth in SEQ ID Nos:2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, or 14 or a fragment thereof are conservative changes and a sequence controlling an expression of the nucleic acid molecule. Disclosed are cells produced by the process of transforming the cell with any o the disclosed nucleic acids. Disclosed are cells produced by the process of transforming the cell with any of the non-naturally occurring disclosed nucleic acids. Disclosed are any of the disclosed peptides produced by the process of expressing any of the disclosed nucleic acids. Disclosed are any of the non-naturally occurring disclosed peptides produced by the process of expressing any of the disclosed nucleic acids. Disclosed are any of the disclosed peptides produced by the process of expressing any of the non-naturally disclosed nucleic acids. Disclosed are animals produced by the process of transfecting a cell within the animal with any of the nucleic acid molecules disclosed herein. Disclosed are animals produced by the process of transfecting a cell within the animal any of the nucleic acid molecules disclosed herein, wherein the animal is a mammal. Also disclosed are animals produced by the process of transfecting a cell within the animal any of the nucleic acid molecules disclosed herein, wherein the mammal is mouse, rat, rabbit, cow, sheep, pig, or primate. Also disclose are animals produced by the process of adding to the animal any ofthe cells disclosed herein. d) Products produced from selection protocols Also disclosed are methods of obtaining molecules that act as functional regulators of integrin function, integrin receptor function, and functional regulators of signaling pathways related to integrin receptors, in particular integrin alphaόbeta4. Disclosed are methods for isolating molecules that interact with the proteins set forth in SEQ ID Nos:2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, or 14 or a fragment thereof comprising, interacting a library of molecules with the proteins set forth in SEQ ID Nos:2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, or 14 or a fragment thereof, removing the unbound molecules, and collecting the molecules that are bound to at least one of the proteins set forth in SEQ ID Nos:2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, or 14 or a fragment thereof. 3. Methods of using the compositions a) Methods of using the compositions as research tools The compositions can be used for example as targets in combinatorial chemistry protocols or other screening protocols to isolate molecules that possess desired functional properties related to A6B4 and A6B 1 signaling pathways. The disclosed compositions can also be used diagnostic tools related to diseases such as cancer, such as colon cancer, The disclosed compositions can be used as discussed herein as either reagents in micro arrays or as reagents to probe or analyze existing microarrays. The disclosed compositions can be used in any known method for isolating or identifying single nucleotide polymoφhisms. The compositions can also be used in any method for determining allelic analysis of for example, beta4 alleles having varying function, particularly allelic analysis as it relates to beta4 signaling and functions. The compositions can also be used in any known method of screening assays, related to chip/micro arrays. The compositions can also be used in any known way of using the computer readable embodiments ofthe disclosed compositions, for example, to study relatedness or to perform molecular modeling analysis related to the disclosed compositions. b) Methods for affecting cancer The disclosed compositions can be used to affect the growth of cancer cells because as disclosed herein, the disclosed relationships are fundamental to the ability of cancer cells to continue growing. The disclosed compositions, such as antisense constructs that will inhibit the production of either alphaό, beta4, or the gamma2 chain of laminin5 reduce the proliferation of cancer cells. In fact, the compositions cannot only reduce the proliferation of the cancer cells, but the compositions can kill the cancer cells, as shown herein. It is understood that cancer is caused by a variety of cellular events, of which certain events related to alphaό integrin (up regulated), beta4 integrin (upregulated) and gamma2 (upregulated) allow the continued viability of cancer cells, and that interference of these upregulated molecules inhibits the growth and kills the cancer cells. However, there are other known events that can cause non-cancerous cells to become oncogenic. For example, Abl, Ras, EGF receptor, ErB-2, ARC, beta-catenin, Arf, Mdm2, p53, Rb, Myc are known to be involved in oncogenesis, and some of these molecules (For exmaple, Ras, APC loss, p53 loss) are directly related to the disclosed target signal transduction pathways mediated by the alpha6beta4 receptor. Just as the presently disclosed compositions can be used as therapeutics targeting the disclosed relationships, so to there are other targets (For example, Abl, ErB-2) for which pharmaceutical compositions have been developed (For example, Glivec, Herceptin, respectively). It is understood that the disclosed anti-cancer compositions can be used in combination with other anti-cancer compositions. Great benefits can be obtained from using anti-cancer compositions that target different molecules, in the same signal transduction pathway as well as, or in addition to, targeting molecules in different signal transduction pathways than those disclosed herein. Thus, the disclosed compositions which can affect the growth of cancer cells, indeed kill cancer cells, can be used in conjunction with any other chemotherapy, radiation, or any other anticancer therapy. Disclosed are methods of reducing the proliferation of a cancer cell which comprises inhibiting ligand binding to an integrin receptor on the cancer cell, wherein the integrin receptor comprises an integrin. Also disclosed are methods of reducing the proliferation of a cancer cell which comprises reducing integrin-integrin interaction, integrin receptor clustering interaction, or integrin-non- integrin protein interaction. Also disclosed are methods of selectively reducing the proliferation of cancer cells which comprises reducing integrins from interacting with one another, integrins from clustering, or integrins from interacting with other proteins associated with cancer cells. Disclosed are methods of reducing the proliferation of a cancer cell which comprises reducing the production of an integrin by the cancer cell. Also disclosed are methods of reducing the proliferation of a cancer cell which comprises reducing the production of an integrin receptor ligand by the cancer cell. Disclosed are methods of reducing the proliferation of a cancer cell which comprises interfering with an integrin signaling pathway Also disclosed are methods of selectively killing or reducing the proliferation of cancer cells which comprises inhibiting ligand binding to mtegrin receptors on the cancer cells, wherein the integrm receptor comprises a B4 integr Disclosed are methods of selectively killing or reducing the proliferation of cancer cells which comprises inhibiting ligand binding to mtegrin receptors on the cancer cells, wherein the ligand comprises a lamιnιn5 Also disclosed are methods of selectively killing or reducing the proliferation of cancer cells which comprises inhibiting ligand binding to mtegrm receptors on the cancer cells, wherein the ligand comprises the gamma2 subunit of the lammin L5 Disclosed are methods of selectively killing or reducing the proliferation of cancer cells which comprises inhibiting ligand binding to integrm receptors on the cancer cells, wherein the integrin receptor comprises an alphaό mtegrin Further disclosed are methods of selectively killing or reducing the proliferation of cancer cells which comprises preventing mtegrin receptor subumts from interacting with one another, preventing integrin clustering, or preventing mtegrin receptor subumts from interacting with other proteins on cancer cells, wherein the mtegrm receptor comprises a B4 mtegrin Disclosed are methods of selectively killing or reducing the proliferation of cancer cells which comprises reducing the production of lammin by the cancer cells, wherein the laminin compπses lammιn5, and/or any of the subumts of lamιnm5, such as gamma2 Also disclosed is a method of selectively killing or reducing the proliferation of cancer cells which comprises interfering with an integrm signaling pathway, wherein the integrin signaling pathway comprises a B4 integrm or an alphaό integrin or a betal mtegrin or a lammin or a Iammιn5 or the gamma2 subunit of lamιnιn5 Also dislcosed are methods, wherein the integrin receptor comprises mtegrin B4 and/or wherein the mtegrm receptor compπses integrin A6, and/or wherein the ligand that binds to the mtegrin receptor is lamιmn5, and/or wherein the integrm receptor is A6B4, and/or wherein the ligand comprises lammm5, and/or wherein the ligand comprises the gamma-2 subunit of Iamιnm5, and/or wherein inhibiting ligand binding to an integrin receptor does not occur by using an antisense molecule to A6, and/or wherein inhibiting ligand binding to an integrin receptor comprises contacting a A6 mtegrin with a composition that inhibits ligand binding and/or wherein inhibiting ligand binding to an integrin receptor comprises contacting a B4 integrin with a composition that inhibits ligand binding, and/or wherein inhibiting ligand binding to an integrm receptor compπses contacting a lamιnιn5 with a composition that inhibits ligand binding, and/or wherein inhibiting ligand binding to an integrin receptor comprises contacting a gamma-2 subunit with a composition that inhibits ligand binding, and/or wherein reducing mtegrin mtegrin interaction, mtegrin receptor clustering interaction, or integrin-non-inregrm protein interaction does not occur by using a B4-delta-cyt, and/or wherein reducing lntegrin-integπn interaction, mtegrin receptor clustering interaction, or integrin-non-integrin protein interaction does not occur by using an antisense molecule to A6, and/or wherein reducing lntegrm-integπn interaction, mtegrin receptor clustering interaction, or integrin-non-integrin protein interaction comprises contacting a A6 integrin with a composition that inhibits an interaction between the B4 mtegrm and another mtegrin or protein molecule, and/or wherein reducing lntegrm-integπn interaction, mtegrin receptor clustering interaction, or integrin-non-integrin protein interaction comprises contacting a B4 mtegrin with a composition that inhibits the interaction between the B4 mtegrm and another integrm or protein molecule, and/or wherein reducing mtegπn-mtegrm interaction, mtegrm receptor clustering interaction, or integrin-non-integrin protein interaction comprises contacting a lamιnm5 with a composition that inhibits ligand binding, and/or wherein reducing mtegrm-integπn interaction, mtegrin receptor clustering interaction, or integrin-non-integrin protein interaction comprises contacting a gamma2 subunit with a composition that inhibits ligand binding, and/or wherein the non-mtegπn protein comprises a growth factor receptor, and/or wherein the non integrin protein comprises a hemi-desomosome junction, and/or wherein the non- mtegπn protein comprises a SH2 domain, and/or wherein the non-mtegπn protein comprises a She protein, and/or wherein the non-mtegπn protein compπses a IRS-1 protein, and/or wherein the non-integπn protein comprises a IRS-2 protein, and/or wherein reducing the production of an mtegrin does not occur by using an antisense molecule to Aβ, and/or wherein the production of an integrm is reduced by inhibiting signaling leading to induction of expression of an integrm, and/or wherein reducing the production of an integrin comprises inhibiting alphaβ production, and/or wherein inhibiting alphaό production further comprises using antisense molecules to alphaό mRNA, and/or wherein reducing the production of an tegrm comprises inhibiting beta4 production, and/or wherein inhibiting beta4 production further comprises using antisense molecules to beta4 mRNA, and/or wherein reducing the production of an integrm receptor ligand comprises inhibiting gamma2 production, and/or wherein reducing the production of an integrin receptor ligand comprises inhibiting laminin production, and/or wherein reducing the production of an integrin receptor ligand comprises inhibiting laminm5 production, and/or wherein interfering with an mtegrin signaling pathway does not occur by using a B4-delta-cyt, and/or wherein interfering with an integrm signaling pathway does not occur by using an antisense molecule to A6, and/or wherein interfering with an integrin signaling pathway comprises contacting an A6 mtegrm in the cell with a composition that inhibits ligand binding, and/or wherein interfering with an integrin signaling pathway comprises contacting a B4 mtegrm with a composition that inhibits ligand binding, and/or wherein interfering with an mtegrm signaling pathway compπses contacting a lammm5 with a composition that inhibits ligand binding, and/or wherein interfering with an integrm signaling pathway comprises contacting a gamma2 subunit with a composition that inhibits ligand binding, and/or wherein interfering with an integrm signaling pathway comprises contacting the cancer cell with a molecule that interferes with at least one of tahn, paxilhn, vincuhn, a CAS family protein, CRX, NCK, FAK, ILK, Src, Fyn, She, Grb 2, Guanmg nucleotide exchange factors, SOS, DOCK 180, Vav, Syk, P- l-3 kinase, AKT, Bad, Bid, Caspase 9, Cdc42, PAK, Rac, Rho, Rho kinase, Ras, Caveolin, Tetraspan, Receptor-type protein tyrosine phosphatase, SHP-2, Alpha-actm , Filamin, Cytohesin, Beta3-endonexιn, ICAP-1, RACK-1 , CIB, actin, receptor tyrosine kinase, IRS-1 or IRS-2, and/or wherein interfering with an mtegrm signaling pathway comprises contacting the cancer cell with an agent that interferes with post- translational modification of integrins, and/or wherein the post translational modification is glycosylation or phosphorylation Also disclosed are methods, wherein the mtegrm compπses an A6 mtegrm, and/or wherein the mtegrm comprises a B4 integrm, and/or further comprising reducing a lammrn5 -integrm interaction, and/or further comprising reducing a lamιmn5 gamma2 integrm interaction, and/or wherein the cancer cell comprises normal p53, and/or wherein the proliferation ofthe cancer cells is not dependent on AKT/PKB, and/or wherein reducing the proliferation of the cancer cells is selective, and/or wherein the cancer cell is not an MDA-MB-435 cell, and/or wherein the cancer cell is not an HMT-3522 cell, and/or wherein the cancer cell is not an RKO colon carcinoma line, and/or wherein the cancer cell does not express exogenous B4 mtegrin, and/or further comprising contacting the cancer cells with a small molecule, peptide, peptide mimetic, or oligonucleotide or synthetic analog thereof, and/or wherein the cancer cells are contacted with dominant-negative beta 4 mtegrin, and/or wherein the cancer cell is contacted with an antisense molecule, and/or wherein the antisense molecule is linked to a leader sequence which enables translocahon across a cell membrane, and/or wherein the leader sequence binds to a cell surface protein which facilitates internalization, and/or wherein the leader sequence is TAT or antennapedia, or fragment thereof, and/or wherein the antisense molecule is an alphaβ RNA antisense molecule, and/or wherein the small molecule peptide, peptide mimetic, or oligonucleotide or synthetic analog thereof is linked to a carrier, and/or wherein the carrier is at least one of a lipidic carrier, charged carrier, retroviral carrier, TAT or fragment thereof, antennapedia or fragment thereof, or polyethylene glycol, and/or further comprising contacting the cancer cell with another agent which modulates cell signaling, a chemotherapeutic drug, or treated with radiation or angiogenesis inhibitor, and/or wherein reducing the proliferation of cancer cell is //; x itw, and/or wherein reducing the proliferation of the cancer cell is in x n o, and/or wherein the cancer cell is selected from the group consisting of melanoma, adenoma, lymphoma, myeloma, carcinoma, plasmocytoma, sarcoma, ghoma, thyoma, leukemia, skin cancer, retinal cancer, breast cancer, prostate cancer, colon cancer, esophageal cancer, stomac cancer, pancreas cancer, bram tumors, lung cancer, ovarian cancer, cervical cancer, hepatic cancer, gastrointestinal cancer, and head and neck cancer cells, and/or wherein the cancer cell is killed, and/or wherein the cancer cell expresses a mutated Ras, and/or wherein the cancer cell expresses a mutated Ras and a mutated p53, and/or wherein the cancer cell expresses a mutated Ras and activates the AKT/PKB protein, and/or wherein the cancer cell expresses a mutated Ras, a mutated p53, and activates the AKT/PKB protein, and/or wherein the cancer cell expresses a mutated APC, and/or wherein the cancer cell expresses a mutated Ras and mutated APC Disclosed are methods of reducing the proliferation of a cancer cell in a patient which comprises administering to the patient a composition which inhibits ligand binding to an integrm receptor on the cancer cell, wherein the integrin receptor comprises an mtegrin Also disclosed are methods of reducing the proliferation of a cancer cell in a patient which comprises administering to the patient a composition which reduces integrin- integrm interaction, integrm receptor clustering interaction, or integrin-non-integrin protein interaction Also disclosed are methods of reducing the proliferation of a cancer cell in a patient which comprises administering to the patient a composition which reduces the production of an integrm or lammm by the cancer cell Further disclosed are methods of reducing the proliferation of a cancer cell in a patient which comprises administering to the patient a composition which interfers with an integrm signaling pathway Also disclsoed are methods, wherein the reduction in cancer cell proliferation is selective, and/or wherein the administering is local or systemic, and/or wherein the patient is additionally administered an agent which modulates cell signaling, a chemotherapeutic drug, or treated with radiation or angiogenesis inhibitor, and/or wherein the additional agent is administered serially or in combination, and/or wherein the local administering is direct application to cancer cells, and/or wherein the direct application to cancer cells is performed during surgery, and/or wherein the direct application to cancer cells is performed topically to cancerous tissue, and/or wherein the systemic administration is by subcutaneous, intraperitoneal, intra-arterial, intravenous, or bolus administration, or by application through a catheter or similar apparatus, and/or wherein the systemic administration comprises a long-term release formulation, and/or wherein the systemic administration is by oral administration, and/or wherein the oral administration comprises administering a pill, capsule, tablet, liquid or suspension Disclosed are methods of reducing the proliferation of a cancer cell in a patient which comprises administering to a patient a vector comprising coding sequence for a protein or peptide which inhibits ligand binding to integrin receptors on cancer cells wherein the coding sequence is under the control of a promoter which functions in mammalian cells Also disclosed are methods of reducing the proliferation of a cancer cell in a patient which comprises administering to a patient a vector comprising coding sequence for a protein or peptide which prevents mtegrin receptor subu ts from interacting with one another, prevents integrm receptor clustering interaction, or prevents integrin receptor subumts from interacting with other proteins on cancer cells wherein the coding sequence is under the control of a promoter which functions in mammalian cells Further disclosed are methods of reducing the proliferation of a cancer cell in a patient which comprises administering to a patient a vector comprising coding sequence for a protein or peptide which prevents integrin receptor subumts from interacting with one another, prevents mtegrin receptor clustering interaction, or prevents integrin receptor subumts from interacting with other proteins in cancer cells wherein the coding sequence is under the control of a promoter which functions in mammalian cells Also disclosed are method of reducing the proliferation of a cancer cell in a patient which comprises administering to a patient a vector comprising coding sequence for a protein or peptide which interferes with integrin subunit or lammin production wherein the coding sequence is under the control of a promoter which functions m mammalian cells Further disclosed are methods of reducing the proliferation of a cancer cell in a patient which comprises administering to a patient a vector comprising coding sequence for a protein or peptide which interferes with an integrin signaling pathway of cells wherein the coding sequence is under the control of a promoter which functions m mammalian cells Also disclosed are methods, wherein the reduction in cancer cell proliferation is selective, and/or wherein the vector is administered directly to a cancer cell, and/or wherein the vector is administered directly to a normal cell, and/or wherein the vector is packaged in a viral vector or liposome, and/or wherein the vector is a retroviral vector, and/or wherein the vector is administered systemically, and/or wherein the direct administration is by topical application, and/or wherein the direct administration is by topical application, and/or wherein the direct administration is performed duπng surgery, and/or wherein the direct administration is performed during surgery, and/or wherein the patient is an animal, such as a mammal, mouse, rabbit, primate, chimp, ape, gorulla, and human, and/or wherein the cancer cells are selected from the group consisting of melanoma, adenoma, lymphoma, myeloma, carcinoma, plasmocytoma, sarcoma, ghoma, thyoma, leukemia, skin cancer, retinal cancer, breast cancer, prostate cancer, colon cancer, esophageal cancer, stomac cancer, pancreas cancer, brain tumors, lung cancer, ovarian cancer, cervical cancer, hepatic cancer, gastrointestinal cancer, and head and neck cancer cells, and/or wherein the patient is additionally administered at least one of another agent which modulates cell signaling, a chemotherapeutic drug, an angiogenesis inhibitor or treated with radiation, and/or wherein the other agent which modifies cell signaling, chemotherapeutic drug, angiogenesis inhibitor or radiation treatment is administered serially or m combination c) Methods of gene modification and gene disruption The disclosed compositions and methods can be used in targeted gene disruption and modification m any animal that can undergo these events Gene modification and gene disruption refer to the methods, techniques, and compositions that surround the selective removal or alteration of a gene or stretch of chromosome in an animal, such as a mammal, in a way that propagates the modification through the germ line of the mammal In general, a cell is transformed with a vector which is designed to homologously recombme with a region of a particular chromosome contained within the cell, as for example, described herein This homologous recombination event can produce a chromosome which has exogenous DNA introduced, for example in frame, with the surrounding DNA This type of protocol allows for very specific mutations, such as point mutations, to be introduced into the genome contained within the cell Methods for performing this type of homologous recombination are disclosed herein One of the preferred characteristics of performing homologous recombination m mammalian cells is that the cells should be able to be cultured, because the desired recombination event occur at a low frequency Once the cell is produced through the methods described herein, an animal can be produced from this cell through either stem cell technology or cloning technology For example, if the cell into which the nucleic acid was transfected was a stem cell for the organism, then this cell, after transfection and culturmg, can be used to produce an organism which will contain the gene modification or disruption in germ line cells, which can then in turn be used to produce another animal that possesses the gene modification or disruption m all of its cells In other methods for production of an animal containing the gene modification or disruption in all of its cells, cloning technologies can be used These technologies generally take the nucleus of the transfected cell and either through fusion or replacement fuse the transfected nucleus with an oocyte which can then be manipulated to produce an animal The advantage of procedures that use cloning instead of ES technology is that cells other than ES cells can be transfected For example, a fibroblast cell, which is very easy to culture can be used as the cell which is transfected and has a gene modification or disruption event take place, and then cells derived from this cell can be used to clone a whole animal Conditional knockouts can also be made which will conditionally delete expression of the desired molecule, for example, an A6 or integrin or the gamma2 chain of lamιnm5 d) Methods of diagnosing cancer Methods of diagnosing cancer using the disclosed information and the disclosed molecules In particular disclosed are methdos of diagnoses that rely on the combined upregulation of both the ligand and the cogante integrm receptor or cognate integrins It is understood that all of the methods of diagnosis disclosed herein, can be used with any of the disclosed compositions, but they also can be used in conjunction, where for example, both the ligand and the integrin receptor are monitored and correlated with cancer developing Disclosed are methods of assessing a subject's risk of developing cancer comprising determining the amount of A6 present in a target cell obtained from the subject, wherein a determination of increased levels of A6 correlates with an increased risk of cancer Disclosed are methods of assessing a subject's risk of acquiring cancer comprising determining the amount of B4 present in a target cell obtained from the subject, wherein a determination of increased levels of B4 correlates with an increased risk of cancer Disclosed are methods of assessing a subject's risk of acquiring cancer comprising determining the amount of lammιn5 present m a target cell obtained from the subject, wherein a determination of increased levels of lamιnm5 correlates with an increased risk of cancer Disclosed are methods of assessing a subject's risk of acquiring cancer comprising determining the amount of gamma2 subunit present in a target cell obtained from the subject, wherein a determination of increased levels of gamma2 subunit correlates with an increased risk of cancer Also disclosed are methods, further comprising comparing the amount A6 present to the amount a control cell, and wherein determining the amount of A6 present in the target cell comprises assaying the amount of Aβ mRNA in the cell, and or wherein the assaying the amount of mRNA in the cell comprises hybridizing a A6 probe to a sample of the subject's mRNA, and/or wherein the assaying the amount of mRNA in the cell comprises hybridizing a A6 primer to a sample of the subject's mRNA, and/or wherein the assaying the amount of mRNA further comprises performing an nucleic acid amplification reaction involving the primer, and/or wherein the nucleic acid amplification reaction comprises reverse transcription, producing a cDNA, and/or wherein the nucleic acid amplification reaction further comprises performing a polymerase chain reaction on the cDNA, and/or wherein determining the amount of Aβ present in the target cell comprises assaying the amount of Aβ protein in the cell, and/or further comprising comparing the amount B4 present to the amount in a control cell, and/or further comprising comparing the amount lamιmn5 present to the amount in a control cell, and/or further comprising comparing the amount gamma2 subunit present to the amount m a control cell C. Examples Throughout this application, various publications are referenced The disclosures of these publications in their entireties are hereby incoφorated by reference into this application in order to more fully describe the state of the art to which this invention pertains The references disclosed are also individually and specifically incoφorated by reference herein for the material contained m them that is discussed in the sentence in which the reference is relied upon It will be apparent to those skilled in the art that various modifications and variations can be made in the present invention without departing from the scope or spirit of the invention Other embodiments o the invention will be apparent to those skilled in the art from consideration ofthe specification and practice of the invention disclosed herein It is intended that the specification and examples be considered as exemplary only, with a true scope and spirit ofthe invention being indicated by the following claims The following examples are put forth so as to provide those of ordinary skill m the art with a complete disclosure and description of how the compounds, compositions, articles, devices and/or methods claimed herein are made and evaluated, and are intended to be purely exemplary of the invention and are not intended to limit the scope of what the inventors regard as their invention Efforts have been made to ensure accuracy with respect to numbers (e g , amounts, temperature, etc ), but some errors and deviations should be accounted for Unless indicated otherwise, parts are parts by weight, temperature is in °C or is at ambient temperature, and pressure is at or near atmospheric 1. Example 1 Colonic epithelial cells dependent on alpha6beta4 receptor signal transduction for growth in the absence of ECM Integrin alphaβ and integrm beta4 and laminm gamma2 chains are essential for tumor cell survival in vivo The data disclosed herein indicate that interfering with tegrm alphaβ-mediated signaling, integrm beta 4sιgnahng, and laminin gamma2 signaling can constitute an effective approach to induce programmed cell death in cancer cells without damaging normal cells Ablation of tegrin alphaό-dependent signaling, integrin beta4-dependent signaling, and lammin gamma2- dependent signaling in human cancer cell lines supports this The murine colonic epithelial transformation system introduced by D'Abaco et al (1996) was used In this system, control cells (control), cells containing an activated ras oncogene (Ras), a deletion in the APC gene (APCmin) or both alterations together (Ras+APCmin) can be compared with regard to their proliferation characteristics in tissue culture The cells were derived from transgenic mice containing a temperature-sensitive allele of SV40 large T under the control of a gamma interferon-inducible promoter permitting conditional immortalization (Jat et al , 1991) All experiments were carried out with the cells being kept at non-permissive temperature in the absence of gamma interferon As shown previously (D'Abaco et al , 1996), only the cells carrying activated Ras and the APCmin mutation were able to form colonies in soft agar in the absence of anchorage to a substratum All other cell populations did not give rise to colonies under these conditions The frequency of tunel-staining cells (Fig 2A) and caspase 3 activity (Fig 2B) in control, Ras, APCmin and Ras+ APCmin colonic epithelial cells (D'Abaco et al , 1996) suspension was measured Both assays show a strong suppression of apoptosis in Ras-APCmin cells, indicating that Ras and APCmin co-operate in preventing cell death in the absence of apparent ECM contacts Activated Ras can protect cells from apoptosis via activation o the seπne-threonine kinase AKT (Kauffmann-Zeh et al , 1997, Khwaja et al , 1997) However, both Ras and Ras+APCmm cells show equivalent levels of AKT phosphorylation (not shown), eliminating AKT as the relevant target of Ras+APCmm cooperation Although cancer cells have been thought to survive independently of mtegrin signaling, they frequently express high levels of alpha3 or alphaό mtegrm receptors and/or their hgands (Dedhar et al , 1993, Kennel et al , 1989, Koshikawa et al , 1999, Lohi et al , 2000, Nejjaπ et al , 1999, Van Waes and Carey, 1992) These integrins are suspected to play a role in invasion and metastasis (Mukhopadhyay et al , 1999, Shaw et al , 1997) Ras and APCmin mutations would induce alterations in the mRNA expression patterns of integrm and ECM components Induction of alphaό integrm alone, was specific to Ras+APCmm cells (Fig 3A) In addition, we found elevated expression ofthe lammin alpha5, gamma2 and beta2 chains induced in Ras and Ras+APCmm cells (Fig 3B) These chains are components of laminins 5, 10 and 11 (Malmda and Kleinman, 1996), which are hgands of mtegrm receptors alpha6/beta4 and alpha3/betal (Kikkawa et al , 2000, Niessen et al , 1994) These results indicate that Ras and APCmin mutations can cooperate to induce autocrine activation of mtegrin receptors Alphaό mtegrm can form functional receptors together with either betal or beta4 integrins (Clark and Brugge, 1995), leading to signaling through downstream effectors such as focal adhesion kinase (FAK) or the SH2 domain adapter She (Giancotti and Ruoslahti, 1999) Conversely, beta4 integrin only binds to alphaό tegrin (Clark and Brugge, 1995) In transformed colonic epithelial cells alphaό integrin functions in conjunction with mtegrm beta4 and is engaged by the laminm gamma2 chain to activate She (see Fig 4) Consistent with alphaό mtegrin induction, only Ras+APCmm cells can bind a laminm gamma2 specific peptide in an alpha6 and beta4 lntegπn-specific manner In contrast, an alpha3/betal and alphaό/betal -specific peptide derived from the laminm gammal chain, only binds to control cells (rig 4A) In addition, only in Ras+APCmin cells is She phosphorylated in response to clustering of the tegrin alpha6/beta4 receptor by beta4-specιfic antibodies (Maimero et al , 1995) and by the lammm gamma2-specιfic peptide (Fig 4B) In both cases p52^ nc is the major phosphorylated form Moreover, alphaδ integrin is required for She activation, as She phosphorylation is inhibited in response to expression of a dominant-negative beta4 integrin mutant This mutant lacks the cytoplasmic signaling domain but selectively binds to alphaό tegrin to form a ligand binding, yet signaling- defective alpha6/beta4 mtegrin (Spinardi et al , 1993) (Fig 4B) Anti-sense RNAs specific for alphaό integrm and gamma2 lammin, as well as dominant- negative beta4 mtegrin, were expressed and results indicated that mtegrin alphaό, mtegrm beta4, and lammm gamma2 expression are relevant for the survival of Ras+ APCmin cells m Ras+APCmm, Ras, APC and control cells All three constructs efficiently inhibit the growth of Ras+APCmin cells in soft agar (not shown) and when attached to plastic (Fig 5A1) In contrast, the proliferation of wt, Ras and APCmin cells is not affected by this treatment (Fig 5A1) Importantly, the colony formation of Ras+APC cells exposed to any of the three inhibitory constructs can be rescued by co-expression of baculovirus p35, a potent inhibitor of caspase activity and of apoptosis (Res coff e. al , 1998) (Fig 5A1) Similarly, co-expression of exogenous mtegrm alphaό mRNA efficiently rescues Ras-APCmm cell proliferation inhibited by alphaό anti-sense RNA (Fig 5A1) This is mirrored by a rescue of alphaό mtegrm expression on the cell surface of alphaό anti-sense RNA expressing cells (Fig 5B) Moreover, ectopic alphaδ integrin expression also rescues apoptosis induced by dominant-negative beta4 integrin (Fig 5A1) The latter is expressed at constant levels (Fig 5B) As one would expect, the cells expressing laminin gamma2 antisense RNA could not be rescued by integrm alphaό over- expression, but showed significant rescue when plated on dishes coated with lammm gamma2 peptide (Fig 5A1) Similarly, this peptide increases the survival of Ras+APCmm cells in suspension, as indicated by lower caspase 3 activity (Fig 2C) In summary, the survival of Ras- APCmm cells depends on the expression of alpha6/beta4 mtegrm and the laminm gamma2 chain Conversely, the inhibition of these gene activities leads to selective killing of transformed cells Data also indicate that cell death due to lack of alphaό/beta4 integrin receptor signaling in Ras- APCmin cells is independent of the death signaling pathway involving the induction of mitochondrial damage and caspase 9 activity Instead, the data indicate an involvement of the Fas/TNF receptor/death domain protein/caspaseδ pathway (Kruidermg and Evan, 2000) in the control of tumor cell survival by alphaό mtegπn-containing mtegrm receptors Control, APCmin and Ras cells, which lack alpha6/beta4 mtegrin receptor signaling activity, show high levels of caspase 8 activity when kept in suspension, while at the same time caspase 9 activity cannot be detected (Fig 2D) Although Ras- APCmin cells can be rescued from apoptosis by caspase inhibitor baculovirus p35 (Fig. 5 Al , A2 and text above), cell death induced by expression of dominant- negative beta4 integrin cannot be prevented by expression ofthe survival factor Bcl2 (see Fig. 5 A2). Bcl2 binds to and neutralizes BH3-domain killer proteins that cause mitochondrial damage, cytochrome C release and caspase 9 activation (Luo et al, 1998). Ras cells which lack alpha6/beta4 integrin receptor signaling activity and cannot survive in the absence of ECM contacts, and Ras+APCmin cells which depend on alphaδ/beta4 integrin receptor signaling for survival, show equivalent levels of AKT phosphorylation (data not shown). This indicates that AKT does not serve as the key target for alpha6/beta4 integrin receptor signaling. AKT has been described to promote cell survival via phosphorylation and inactivation of Bad, a BH3-domain killer protein (Datta e/ -./., 1999). 2. Example 2 Other cancer cells dependent on alphaβbeta4 receptor signal transduction for growth in the absence of ECM The survival of highly transformed primary mouse embryo fibroblasts expressing Ras and Myc oncoproteins in conjunction with a homozygous ARF null mutation (Kamijo et al., 1997) depends on expression and function of alphaδ integrin (Fig. 5C), thus demonstrating that this principle also may apply to transformed mesenchymal cells. Moreover, the human colon cancer cell line SW480 carrying multiple oncogenic mutations such as activated Ras (Fujita et al., 1988), amplified c-Myc (Cherif et al, 1988), a mutated APC allele (Munemitsu et al, 1995) and a p53 mutation (Abarzua et al, 1995) is effectively killed by anti-sense integrin alphaό and laminin gamma2 RNAs as well as dominant-negative beta4 integrin (Fig. 4D). Similarly, integrin alphaό ablation even leads to apoptosis of Ras/APCmin cells in the presence of active SV40 large T (not shown). Thus the survival of different types of highly transformed cells depends on alphaό integrin expression, beta4 integrin expression and laminin5 expression irrespective of the status of major tumor supressor genes, such as arf, p53 or rb, and for at least sw480 cells, murine colon epitheilial cells, and the ras/ APCmin cells, alphaό, beta4, and Iaminin5/gamma2 are required. The sensitivity of transformed cells to ablation of integrin signaling, for example, A6B4 integrin receptor signaling, is thus quite remarkable in its apparent generality. Oncogenic mutations co-operate to engage autocrine integrin signaling. Importantly, this signaling mechanism, involving alphaό integrin, beta4 integrin and the laminin gamma2 chain, becomes an essential component of the survival mechanism in transformed colonic epithelial cells. In addition, fibroblasts and human colon cancer cells also rely on integrin alphaό for survival. In contrast, normal and partially transformed cells that express alphaό integrin at low levels do not require this polypeptide for survival. Thus, integrin signaling inhibition can lead to selective killing of cancer cells. The laminin-integrin receptor signaling loop is also relevant to the survival of cells transformed by other combinations of oncogenic lesions. Introduction of activated Ras together with dominant-negative p53 (Lloyd et al., 1997) into murine colonic epithelial cells (D'Abaco et al, 1996; see also above) via retroviral infection supports this. Four distinct polyclonal pools of infected cells were derived by drug selection: 1) Control (beo/neo) cells, infected with two retroviruses carrying neomycin (neo) or bleomycin (bleo) drug resistance markers, respectively; 2)Ras cells, infected with a Ras/neo virus and a virus with the bleo marker; 3) DNp53 cells, infected with a DNp53/bleo virus and a virus with the neo marker; and 4) Ras/DNp53 cells, infected with a Ras/neo virus and a DNp53/bleo virus. As the colon epithelial cells contain temperature-sensitive SV40 large T under control of the gamma interferon promoter, all cell populations were drug-selected at the permissive temperature (33°C) in the presence of gamma interferon. All further experiments were carried out at the non-permissive temperature for SV40 large T in the absence of gamma interferon, as described above for Ras+APCmin cells. Similar to Ras+APCmin cells, only Ras/DNp53 cells but neither bleo/neo, Ras/bleo or DNp53/neo cells were able to grow in the absence of ECM contact in soft agar (not shown). Moreover, Ras and DNp53 cooperate in the suppression of caspase 3 activity in suspension (Fig. 2B), and in the induction of alphaό integrin expression (Fig. 4A). In Ras/DNp53 cells passaged through a single round of soft agar growth, alphaδ integrin is expressed at even higher levels, demonstrating a correlation between the ability of the cells to survive in the absence of ECM contact and alphaό integrin expression. In Ras/DNp53 cells beta4 integrin expression levels are also increased, when compared to controls (Fig. 4A). As expected expression of the laminin gamma2 chain is induced in Ras/bleo and Ras/DNp53 cells (Fig. 4B). Anti-sense RNAs specific for alphaβ integrin and gamma2 laminin, as well as dominant- negative beta4 integrin were expressed in Ras/DNp53, Ras/bleo, DNp53/neo and neo bleo cells. All three constructs efficiently inhibit the growth of Ras/DNp53 cells when attached to plastic. In contrast, the proliferation of neo/bleo, Ras/bleo and DNp53/neo cells is not affected by this treatment (Fig.5A3). Anti-sense alphaδ integrin or dominant-negative beta4 integrin also inhibit the growth of Ras/DNp53 cells in soft agar (Fig. 5A4). Integrin alphaβ expression can also be induced by activated Ras and DNp53 in primary murine colon crypt epithelial cells (not shown). Furthermore introduction of Ras and Myc oncoproteins into our control colon epithelial cells also leads to an induction of alphaβ expression (not shown), suggesting that induction of alphaό integrin expression may be an integral component of distinct oncogene cooperation paradigms a) Cell types to be tested As described herein, there are a variety of cancer and transformed cell types that express alphaό integrm and laminins at high levels (Dedhar et al , 1993, Koshikawa et al , 1999, Lohi et al , 2000, Van Waes and Carey, 1992) As disclosed herein the following cell lines other than the 5 fibroblasts require alphaό and beta4 integrm expression, as well as laminin gamma2 chain expression (1) the human colon carcinoma cell line SW480 (data not shown), (2) Ras+APCmin- transformed murine colon epithelial cells (see Fig 3A) Murine fibroblasts transformed by activated Ras and Myc in conjunction with homozygous Arf null mutation require alphaδ expression for their survival These cells do not express mtegrin beta4, but express betal mtegrin, 10 indicating the importance of alphaδ/betal receptors in the transformed fibroblasts b) xxxlnducible expression of inhibitors To interrupt alphaό integrin and lammm gamma2 chain-dependent signaling in tumors regulatable alphaδ integrm and laminm gamma2 antisense mRNA expression as well as regulatable expression of the beta4 mtegrm the dominant-negative polypeptide described in 15 Section C were used Constitutive expression of these inhibitors leads to rapid cell death in tissue culture In contrast, the establishment of clonal Gell lines with inducible expression of anti-sense mRNAs or dominant-negative beta4 mtegrm minimize such limitations The doxycychne (dox)-ιnducιble reverse tetracyclme transactivator (rtTA) is frequently used to overexpress transgenes in a temporally regulated fashion in vitro and in vivo (Efrat et al , 20 1995, Gossen et al , 1995, Ray et al , 1997) These systems are, however, often compromized by the levels of gene expression in the absence of dox administration The tetracyclme controlled transcriptional silencer (tTS), a fusion protein containing the tet repressor and the KRAB-AB domain of the kid- 1 transcriptional repressor, is inhibited by doxycychne As shown in tissue culture (Freundheb et al , 1999) and in transgenic mice (Zhu et al , 2001), tTS tightens the control 25 of transgene expression in rtTA-based systems, I e tTS effectively eliminates leaky baseline expression without altering the lnducibility of rtTA-regulated genes Thus optimal "off/on" regulation of gene expression can be accomplished with the combined use of tTS and rtTA The complete expression system is commercially available from CLONTECH This system can be used for the preparation of all inducible cell lines 30 Another regulatable system comprising the estrogen-dependent transactivator GalER- VP16 and a promoter under the control of Gal4 DNA binding sites (Braselmann et al , 1993) can be used (Perez-Roger et al , 1997) This paiticular experimental set up, was used herein to show that the induction of the beta4 integrin dominant-negative mutant in SW480 colon cancer cells induces apoptosis in vitro, as measured by caspase 3 activation (Fig 2B) For in vivo use, 35 however, a point mutation has to be introduced into the GalER- VP 16 transactivator that eliminates its sensitivity to estrogen while retaining its response to the anti-estrogen 40H-tamoxιfen (Littlewood et al , 1995) 40H tamoxifen has been demonstrated to reversibly regulate m vivo the activity of another regulatable transactivator, the MycER chimera (Pelengaπs et al , 1999) Typically, inducible cell lines are first stably transfected with the anti-sense or dominant negative constructs coupled to the regulatable promoters into the four test cell lines Subsequently, the activator is introduced and the repressor, such as rtTA and tTS (see above) via infection using recombinant retroviruses with different selectable markers D. References Abarzua, P , LoSardo, J E , Gubler, M L and Neπ, A (1995) Micromjection of monoclonal antibody PAb421 into human SW480 colorectal carcinoma cells restores the transcription activation function to mutant p53 Cancel Res, 55, 3490-4 Akiyama, S K , Nagata, K and Yamada, K M (1990) Cell surface receptors for extracellular matrix components Biochim Biophys Acta, 1031, 91 110 Braselmann, S , Granmger, P and Busslmger, M (1993) A selective transcriptional induction system for mammalian cells based on Gal4-estrogen receptor fusion proteins Pi oc Natl Acad Set USA, 90, 1657-61 Cheπf, D , Le Coniat, M , Suarez, H G , Bernheim, A and Berger, R (1988) Chromosomal localization of amplified c-myc a human colon adenocarcinoma cell line with a biotinylated probe Cancel Genet Cyiogenet, 33, 245-9 Clark, E A and Brugge, J S (1995) Integrins and signal transduction pathways the road taken Science, 268, 233-9 D Abaco, G M , Whitehead, R H and Burgess, A W (1996) Synergy between Ape mm and an activated ras mutation is sufficient to induce colon carcinomas Mol Cell Biol, 16, 884-91 Dedhar, S , Saul er, R , Nagle, R and Overall, C M (1993) Specific alterations in the expression of alpha 3 beta 1 and alpha 6 beta 4 integrins in highly invasive and metastatic variants of human prostate carcinoma cells selected by in vitro invasion through reconstituted basement membrane Clin Exp Metastasis, 11, 391-400 Efrat, S , Fusco-DeMane, D , Lemberg, H , al Emran, O and Wang, X (1995) Conditional transformation of a pancreatic beta-cell line derived from transgenic mice expressing a tetracychne-regulated oncogene Pi oc Natl Acad Set US A, 92, 3576-80 Freundheb, S , Schirra-Muller, C and Bujard, H (1999) A tetracyclme controlled activation/repression system with increased potential for gene transfer into mammalian cells J Gene Med, 1, 4- 12 Fujita, J , Yoshida, O , Ebi, Y , Nakayama, H , Onoue, H , Rhim, J S and Kitamura, Y (1988) Detection of ras oncogenes by analysis of p21 proteins in human tumor cell lines Uiol Res, 16, 415-8 Giancotti, F G and Maimero, F (1994) Integπn-mediated adhesion and signaling in tumorigenesis Biochim Biophys Ada, 1198, 47-64 Giancotti, F G and Ruoslahti, E (1999) Integrin signaling Science, 285, 1028-32 Gossen, M , Freundheb, S , Bender, G , Muller, G , Hillen, W and Bujard, H (1995) Transcriptional activation by tetracychnes in mammalian cells Science, 268, 1766-9 He, T C , Sparks, A B , Rago, C , Hermeking, H , Zawel, L , da Costa, L T , Moπn, P J , Vogelstein, B and Kmzler, K W (1998) Identification of c-MYC as a target of the APC pathway Science, 281, 1509- 12 Hynes, R O (1992) Integrins versatility, modulation, and signaling cell adhesion Cell, 69, 11- 25 Jat, P S , Noble, M D , Atahotis, P , Tanaka, Y , Yannoutsos, N , Larsen, L and Kioussis, D (1991) Direct derivation of conditionally immortal cell lines from an H-2Kb-tsA58 transgenic mouse Pi oc Natl Acad Sa U S A, 88, 5096- 100 Kamijo, T , Zindy, F , Roussel, M F , Quelle, D E , Downing, J R , Ashmun, R , Grosveld, G and Sherr, C J (1997) Tumor suppression at the mouse INK4a locus mediated by the alternative reading frame product p 19 ARF Cell, 91, 649-59 Kauffmann-Zeh, A , Rodriguez Viciana, P , Ulπch, E , Gilbert, C , Coffer, P , Downward, J and Evan, G (1997) Suppression of c-Myc-induced apoptosis by Ras signalling through PI(3)K and PKB Natui e, 385, 544 8 Kennel, S J , Foote, L J , Falcio , R , Sonnenberg, , Stringer, C D , Crouse, C and Hemler, M E (1989) Analysis of the tumor associated antigen TSP 180 Identity with alpha 6- beta 4 in the integrin superfamily J Biol Chem 264, 15515-21 Khwaja, A , Rodriguez Viciana, P , Wennstrom, S , Warne, P H and Downward, J (1997) Matrix adhesion and Ras transformation both activate a phosphoinositide 3-OH kinase and protein kinase B/Akt cellular survival pathway E nbo J, 16, 2783-93 Kikkawa, Y , Sanzen, N , Fujiwara, H , Sonnenberg, A and Sekiguchi, K (2000) Integrin binding specificity of laminin- 10/1 1 lamιnιn-10/1 1 are recognized by alpha 3 beta 1 , alpha 6 beta 1 and alpha 6 beta 4 integrins J Cell Sci, 113, 869-76 Koshikawa, N , Moπyama, K , Takamura, H , Mizushima, H , Nagasfnma, Y , Yanoma, S and Miyazaki, K (1999) Overexpression of laminm gamma2 chain monomer in invading gastric carcinoma cells Cancel Res, 59, 5596-601 Land, H , Parada, L F and Wemberg, R A (1983) Tumoπgenic conversion of primary embryo fibroblasts requires at least two cooperating oncogenes Natui e, 304, 596-602 Lee, J and Juhano, R L (2000) alpha5betal mtegrm protects intestinal epithelial cells from apoptosis through a phosphatidyl ositol 3-kmase and protein kinase B- dependent pathway Mol Biol Cell, 11, 1973-87 Lin, C Q and Bissell, M J (1993) Multi-faceted regulation of cell differentiation by extracellular matrix Faseb J, 7, 737-43 Littlewood, T D , Hancock, D C , Daniehan, P S , Parker, M G and Evan, G I (1995) A modified oestrogen receptor ligand binding domain as an improved switch for the regulation of heterologous proteins Nucleic Acids Res, 23, 1686-90 Lloyd, A C , Obermuller, F , Staddon, S , Barth, C F , McMahon, M and Land, H (1997) Cooperating oncogenes converge to regulate cychn/cdk complexes Genes Dev, 11, 663- 77 Lohi, J , Oivula, J , Kivilaakso, E , Kiviluoto, T , Frojdman, K , Yamada, Y , Burgeson, R E , Leivo, I and Virtanen, I (2000) Basement membrane lamιnm-5 is deposited in colorectal adenomas and carcinomas and serves as a ligand for alpha3betal integrm Apmis, 108, 161-72 Maimero, F , Murgia, C , Wary, K K , Curatola, A M , Pepe, A , Blumemberg, M , Westwick, J K , Der, C J and Giancotti, F G (1997) The coupling of alpha6beta4 integrm to Ras-MAP kinase pathways mediated by She controls keratmocyte proliferation Embo J, 16, 2365- 75 Maimero, F , Pepe, A , Wary, K K , Spmardi, L , Mohammadi, M , Schlessmger, J and Giancotti, F G (1995) Signal transduction by the alpha 6 beta 4 integrin distinct beta 4 subunit sites mediate recruitment of Shc/Grb2 and association with the cytoskeleton of hemidesmosomes Embo J, 14, 4470-81 Mahnda, K M and Kleinman, H K (1996) The laminms bit J Biochem Cell Biol, 28, 957-9 Marshall, M S (1995) Ras target proteins in eukaryotic cells Faseb J, 9, 131 1 -8 Morgenstern, J P and Land, H (1990) Advanced mammalian gene transfer high litre retroviral vectors with multiple drug selection markers and a complementary helper-free packaging cell line Nucleic Acids Res, 18, 3587-96 Mukhopadhyay, R , Theπault, R L and Price, J E (1999) Increased levels of alphaό integrins are associated with the metastatic phenotype of human breast cancer Gells Clin Exp Metastasis, 17, 325-32 Munemitsu, S , Albert, I , Souza, B , Rubinfeld, B and Polakis, P (1995) Regulation of intracellular beta-catenin levels by the adenomatous polyposis coli (APC) tumor- suppressor protein Pi oc Nat! Acad Sci U S A, 92, 3046-50 Nejjaπ, M , Hafdi, Z , Dumortier, J , Brmguier, A F , Feldmann, G and Scoazec, J Y (1999) alphaβbetal integrin expression in hepatocarcinoma cells regulation and role in cell adhesion and migration hit J Cancel , 83, 518-25 Niessen, C M , Hogervorst, F , Jaspars, L II , de Melker, A A , Delwel, G O , Hulsman, E H , Kuikman, I and Sonnenberg, A (1994) The alpha 6 beta 4 integrin is a receptor for both laminin and kalinin Exp Cell Res, 211, 360-7 Paπse, L V , Lee, J and Juhano, R L (2000) New aspects of mtegrin signaling in cancer Semin Cancel Biol, 10, 407-14 Pawson, T and Scott, J D (1997) Signaling through scaffold, anchoring, and adaptor proteins Van Waes, C and Carey, T E (1992) Overexpression ofthe A9 antigen/alpha 6 beta 4 mtegrm in head and neck cancer Otolaiyngol Clin Noith Am, 25, 11 17 39 Wary, K K , Maimero, F , Isakoff, S J , Marcantonio, E E and Giancotti, F G (1996) The adaptor protein She couples a class of integrins to the control of cell cycle progression Cell, 87, 733-43 Zhu, Z , Ma, B , Homer, R J , Zheng, T and Ehas, J A (2001) Use of the tetracyclme controlled transcriptional silencer (tTS) to eliminate transgene leak m inducible overexpression transgenic mice J Biol Chem, 30, 30 E. Sequences 1. SEQ ID NO:l Human alphaβ integrin cds ,acc# 4557674) a ggccgccgccgggcagctgtgcttgctctacctgfccggcggggctcctgtcccggctcggcgcagccttcaacttggac actcgggaggacaacgtgatccggaaatatggagaccccgggagcctcttcggcttctcgctggccatgcactggcaactg cagcccgaggacaagcggcbgbbgcbcgbgggggccccgcgcggagaagcgcbbccacbgcagagagccaacagaacggga gggcfcgbacagcbgcgacabcaccgcccgggggccabgcacgcggabcgagbbbgabaacgabgctgaccccacgbcagaa agcaaggaagabcagbggabgggggbcaccgbccagagccaaggbccagggggcaaggbcgbgacafcgbgcbcaccgabab gaaaaaaggcagcabgtbaabacgaagcaggaabcccgagacabcbbtgggcggbgbbabgbccbgagtcagaabctcagg attgaagacgatabggatgggggagattggagcbbtbgbgatgggcgattgagaggccatgagaaatttggctctbgccag caaggbgbagcagcbacbbbbacbaaagacbbbcabbacabbgbabbbggagccccgggbacbbabaacbggaaagggat gbbcgbgbagagcaaaagaabaacacttbbbtbgacabgaacatcbbbgaagabgggccbbabgaagbbggtggagagacb gagcabgabgaaagbcbcgbbccbgbbccbgcbaacagtbacbbaggbbbbbcbtbggacbcagggaaaggtabbgb cb 5 aaagabgagabcacbtbbgbabcbggbgcbcccagagccaabcacagbggagccgtggbbbbgcbgaagagagacabgaag bcbgcacabcbccbcccbgagcacabatbcgabggagaaggtcbggcctcbbcabbbggcbatgabgbggcggbggbggac cbcaacaaggatgggbggcaagababagtbabtggagccccacagbabbttgabagagatggagaagtbggaggtgcagbg babgbcbacabgaaccagcaaggcagabggaabaabgbgaagccaabbcgbc aabggaaccaaagabbcbabgbbbggc abbgcagbaaaaaababbggagababbaabcaagabggcbacccagababbgcagbbggagcbccgbabgabgacbbggga 10 aaggbbbbbabcbabcabgga cbgcaaabggaabaaabaccaaaccaacacagg cbcaagggbababcaccbbabbbb ggababtcaabbgcbggaaacabggaccbbgabcgaaabbccbacccbgabgbbgcbgbbggbbcccbcbcagabbcagba acbab t cagabcccggccbgbgabbaata cagaaaaccabcacagbaac ccbaacagaabbgaccbccgccagaaa acagcgtgbggggcgccbagbgggabatgcctccaggttaaabcctgbbbbgaababacbgcbaaccccgctggttabaat ccbbcaababcaabbgbgggcacacbbgaagctgaaaaagaaagaagaaaabcbgggcbabccbcaagagbbcagtbbcga 15 aaccaaggbbctgagcccaaababacbcaagaacbaacbcbgaagaggcagaaacagaaagbgbgcabggaggaaacccbg bggcbacaggabaababcagagabaaacbgcgbcccabbcccabaacbgccbcagbggagabccaagagccaagctcbcgb aggcgagbgaatbcac ccagaagbbcbtccaabbcbgaatbcagabgaacccaagacagcbcababbgabgbbcacbbc bbaaaagagggabgbggagacgacaabgbabgbaacagcaacctbaaacbagaaba aaab bbgcacccgagaaggaaab caagacaaabb c babbtaccaabbcaaaaaggbgbaccagaacbag bctaaaagabcagaaggababtgcbbbagaa 20 abaacagbgacaaacagcccbbccaacccaaggaabcccacaaaagatggcgabgacgcccabgaggctaaacbgabbgca acgtbbccagacac baaccbatbctgcatabagagaacbgagggcbtbcccbgagaaacagbbgagbbgbgbbgccaac cagaabggcbcgcaagcbgacbgbgagcbcggaaabccbbbbaaaagaaabbcaaabgbcacbbbbbabbbggbbtbaagb acaacbgaagbcaccbbbgacaccccababcbggababbaabctgaag agaaacaacaagcaabcaagataabbbggcb ccaabbacagcbaaagcaaaagbggbbabbgaacbgcbbbbabcggbcbcgggagbbgcbaaaccbtcccaggbgbabbb 25 ggaggbacagbbgbbggcgagcaagcbabgaaabcbgaagabgaagbgggaagbbbaabagagbabgaabbcagggbaaba aacbbaggbaaaccbcbtacaaaccbcggcacagcaacc bgaacabbcagtggccaaaagaaabbagcaabgggaaabgg gcbbbabbbggbgaaagbagaabccaaaggabtggaaaaggbaacbbgtgagccacaaaaggagabaaacbcccbgaac ctaacggagbcbcacaacbcaagaaagaaacgggaaabbacbgaaaaacagabagabgataacagaaaabbbbcb tabbb gcbgaaagaaaabaccagacbcbbaacbgbagcgbgaacgbgaacbgbgbgaacabcagabgcccgcbgcgggggcbggac 30 agcaaggcgbcbcbbabbbbgcgcbcgaggbbabggaacagcacabbbcbagaggaababtccaaacbgaacbacbbggac abbcbcabgcgagccbbcabbgabgbgacbgcbgcbgccgaaaababcaggcbgccaaabgcaggcacbcaggbtcgagbg acbgbgbbbcccbcaaagacbgbagcbcagbabbcgggagbaccbtggbggatcatccbagtggcbabbcbcgcbgggatc bbgabgcbbgcbbbabbagtgb abacbabggaagbgbggbbbcbbcaagagaaabaagaaagabcabbabgabgccaca babcacaaggcbgagabccabgcbcagccabcbgabaaagagaggcbbactbctgabgcabag 35 2. SEQ ID NO:2 Human integrin alphaό protein sequence (acc# NP 000201): 1 maaagqlcll ylsagllεrl gaafnldbre dnvirkygdp gslfgfslam hwqlqpedkr 61 lllvgaprge alplqranrb gglyscdiba rgpcbriefd ndadpbsesk edqwmgvbvq 121 sqgpggkwb cahryekrqh vnbkqesrdi fgrcyvlsqn Irieddmdgg dwsfcdgrlr 40 181 ghekfgscqq gvaabfbkdf hyivfgapgb yn kgivrve qknnbffdmn ifedgpyevg 241 gebehdeslv pvpansylgf sldsgkgivs kdeitfvsga pran sga v llkrdmksa 301 llpehifdge glassfgydv avvdlnkdg gdivigapqy fdrdgevgga vyvymnqqgr 361 wnnvkpirln gbkdsmfgia vknigdinqd gypdiavgap yddlgkvfiy hgsanginbk 421 pbqvlkgisp yfgysiagnm dldrnsypdv avgslsdsvb ifrsrpvini gkbibvbpnr 45 481 idlrqkbacg apsgiclqvk scfeybanpa gynpsisivg bleaekerrk sglssrvqfr 541 nqgsepkybq elblkrqkqk vcmeeblwlq dπirdklrpi pibasveiqe pssrrrvnsl 601 pevlpilnsd epktahidvh flkegcgddn vcnsnlkley kfcbregnqd kfsylpiqkg 651 vpelvlkdqk dialeibvbn spsnprnpbk dgddaheakl iabfpdblby sayrelrafp 721 ekqlscvanq ngsqadcelg npfkrnsnvb fylvlsbbev bfdbpyldin lklebbsnqd 50 781 nlapibakak vvielllsvs gvakpsqvyf ggbvvgeqam ksedevgsli eyefrvinlg 841 kplbnlgbab lniqwpkeis ngk llylvk veskglekvb cepqkeinsl nlbeshnsrk 901 kreibekqid dnrkfslfae rkyqblncsv nvncvnircp Irgldskasl ilrsrlwnsb 961 fleeysklny Idilmrafid vbaaaenirl pnagbqvrvb vfpskbvaqy sgvpwwiilv 1021 ailagilmla llvEilwkcg ffkrnkkdhy daty kaei aqpsdkerlb sda 55 3. SEQ ID NO:3 Mus musculus alphaό integrin cds facc# 7110658): abggccgbcgcgggccag gbgccbgcbctacctgbccgcggggcbbctagcccggcbgggtacagccbtcaaccfcggac acccgcgaggacaacgbgabccggaaabcgggggabcccgggagccbcbbcggctbcbcgcbcgccabgcacbggcagbbg cagccggaggacaagcggcbgbbgcbbgbgggggcaccbcgggcagaagcacbcccgcbgcagagggcgaacagaacaggg ggccbgbacagcbgbgacabcaccbcccgaggaccbbgbacacggabbgaa bgabaabgacgcbgabccbabgbcagaa 60 agcaaggaagaccagbggabgggagbcacbgbccagagccaaggbccagggggcaaagbggbgacgbgbgcacabcgabab gagaaacggcagcacgbcaacacgaagcaggagbcgcgggababcbbbggaagabgbbabgbccbgagbcagaabcbcaga abbgaagabgababggacggaggagacbggagbbbcbgcgabggccggbtgagaggccabgaaaagbbbggcbccbgbcag caaggagbagcggcbacbbbcacbaaggacttbcabbacatbgbtbttggagccccagggacbbacaacbggaaagggabc gbccgbgbagaacaaaagaataacac bbbbbgacabgaacatcbbbgaagabgggcccbatgaagbbggbggagagaca 65 gatcatgabgaaagtcbcgtgcccgbtccbgcbaacagttaccbaggcbbbbcgcbggacbcagggaagggbabbgbbtcb aaagabgacabcacbbtbgbgbcbggbgctccaagagccaabcacagbggggcbgbagbgbbgcbaaaaagagacabgaag bccgcacabcbgcbcccbgagbababab gacggagaaggccbggcbbccbcgbbbggcbabgabgbggcagbggbggac cbcaabgcagabgggbggcaagacatcg abcggagctccacagbabbbbgabagggabggtgaagbcgggggbgcagtt tacgbctacabbaaccagcaaggcaaabggagbaabgbgaagccgabbcgbcbaaatgggaccaaagacbcgabg bgga 5 abcbcbgbgaaaaababaggbgababbaaccaagabggcbabccagababbgcbgbtggagcbcccbabgabgabctgggg aagg bbbabcbabcabggabccccgacbggcabaabbaccaagccaacacaggbbcbcgaggggacabcgccbbac c ggcbabbcaabcgcbgggaababggaccbggabcggaa bccbaccccgaccbtgcbgbgggcbcccbcbcagacbcggbc acbab bbcagabcccggccagbgabbaacabbcbaaaaaccabcacagbgacbccbaacagaabbgacctccgccagaag bccabgbgbggcbcaccbagcgggababgccbcaaggbbaaagccbgbbbbgaababacbgcgaaaccbbccggbbabaac 10 ccbccaababcaabbbtgggbabbctbgaagctgaaaaagaaagaagaaaatcagggtbgbcabcgagagbtcagbbbcga aaccaaggbtccgagccaaagbabacbcaggagcbgacccbgaabcggcagaagcagcgggcgbgcabggaggagacccbc tggcbgcaggagaacabcagagacaagcbgcgbcccabccccabcacggcbbcbgbggagabccaggagcccacgbcbcgc cggcgggbgaacbcacbccccgaagbbc bcccabccbgaabbcaaabgaagccaaaacggbccagacagabgbccac c bbaaaggaaggabgbggagacgacaabgbcbgbaacagcaaccbbaagcbagagbabaaabbbggbacccgagaaggaaab 15 caagacaaabbcbcbbaccbbccaabbcaaaaaggcabcccagaabbagbccbaaaagabcagaaagababagcbcbggaa abaacggbgaccaacagcccbbcggabccaaggaabccccggaaagabggcgacgabgcccabgaagccaaacbcabcgcc acgbbbccagacacbcbgacababbccgcbbacagagaactgagggcbbtccctgagaagcagcbgagcbgbgtggccaac cagaatggctcccaagccgacbgbgagcbcggaaabccbbbcaagagaaabbccagbgbtactbbcbabcbgabbbbaagb acaaccgaggbcaccbbbgacaccacagabcbggababbaabcbgaagbtggaaacaacaagcaabcaggabaaabbggcb 20 ccaabbacagcgaaggcaaaagbggbbabbgaabbgctbbbabcccbcbccggagbcgcbaagccbbcgcaggbgbabbbb ggaggbacagbbgbbggbgagcaagcbabgaaabcbgaagabgaagbaggaagbbbaabagagbabgaabbbagggbgabb aacbbaggcaagccbcbbaaaaaccbcggcacagcaaccbbgaababacagbggcccaaggagabbagcaabggcaaabgg bbgcbbbabbbgabgaaagbbgaabccaaaggbbbggagcagabbgbbbgbgagccacacaabgaaabaaacbaccbgaag cbgaaggagbcbcacaacbcaagaaagaaacgggaacbbccbgaaaaacagabagabgacagcaggaaabtbtcbbbabbb 25 ccbgaaagaaaabaccagactcbcaacbgcagcgbcaacgbcaggbgbgfcgaacabcaggtgcccacbgcgagggcbggac acgaaggccbcbcbcgbbcbgbgbbccaggbbgbggaacagcacabbbcbagaggaababbccaaacbgaacbacbbggac abbcbcgbgagggcbbccabagabgbcaccgcbgcbgcbcagaababcaagcbcccbcacgcgggcacbcaggbbcgagbg acggbgbbbcccbcaaagacbgbagcbcagbabbcaggagbagcbbggbggabcabccbccbggcbgbbcbbgccgggabb cbgabgcbggcbcbabbagbgbbbbbacbgbggaagbgbggcbbcbbcaagagaaabaagaaagabcabbacgabgccacc 30 babcacaaggcbgagabccabac cagccgbcbgabaaagagaggcbbacb ccgabgca ag 4. SEQ ID NO:4 Mus musculus alphaβ integrin protein sequence (acc# NP 032423) 1 mavagqlcll ylsagllarl gbafnldbre dnvirksgdp gslfgfslam hwqlqpedkr 61 lllvgaprae alplqranrb gglyscdibs rgpcbriefd ndadpmsesk edqwmgvbvq 35 121 sqgpggkwb cahryekrqh vnbkqesrdi fgrcyvlsqn Irieddmdgg dwsfcdgrlr 181 ghekfgscqq gvaabfbkdf hyivfgapgb ynwkgivrve qknnbffdmn ifedgpyevg 241 gebdhdeslv pvpansylgf sldsgkgivs kddibfvsga pranhsgaw llkrdmksah 301 llpeyifdge glassfgydv awdlnadgw qdivigapqy fdrdgevgga vyvyinqqgk 361 wsnvkpirln gbkdsmfgis vknigdinqd gypdiavgap yddlgkvfiy hgspbgiibk 40 421 pbqvlegbsp yfgysiagnm dldrnsypdl avgslsdsvb ifrsrpvini lkbibvbpnr 481 idlrqksmcg spegiclkvk acfeybakps gynppisilg ileaekerrk sglssrvqfr 541 nqgsepkybq elblnrqkqr acmeeblwlq enirdklrpi pibasveiqe pbsrrrvnsl 601 pevlpilnsn eakbvqbdvh flkegcgddn vcnsnlkley kfgbregnqd kfsylpiqkg 661 ipelvlkdqk dialeibvbn spsdprnprk dgddaheakl iabfpdblby sayrelrafp 45 721 ekqlscvanq ngsqadcelg npfkrnssvb fylilsbbev bfdbbdldin lklebbsnqd 781 klapibakak vvielllsls gvakpsqvyf ggbwgeqa ksedevgsli eyefrvinlg 841 kplknlgbab Iniq pkeis ngkwllylmk veskgleqiv cephneinyl klkeshnsrk 901 krelpekqάd dsrkfelfpe rkyqblncsv nvrcvnircp lrgldbkasl vlcsrlwnsb 961 fleeysklny ldilvrasid vbaaaqnikl phagbqvrvb vfpskbvaqy sgvawwiill 50 1021 avlagilrala llvfllwkcg ffkrnkkdhy dabyhkaeih bqpsdkerlb sda 5. SEQ ID NO:5 Human integrin beta4 subunit cds (acc# 6453379): abggcagggccacgccccagcccabgggccaggcbgcbccbggcagccbbgabcagcgbcagccbcbcbgggaccbbgaac cgcbgcaagaaggccccagbgaagagcbgcacggagbgbgbccgbgbggabaaggacbgcgccbacbgcacagacgagabg btcagggaccggcgcbgcaacacccaggcggagcbgcbggccgcgggcbgccagcgggagagcabcgbggbcabggagagc 55 agcbbccaaabcacagaggagacccagabbgacaccacccbgcggcgcagccagabgbccccccaaggccbgcgggbccgb cbgcggcccggbgaggagcggcabbbbgagcbggaggbgbb gagccacbggagagccccgbggaccbgbacabccbcabg gacb c ccaacbccabgbccgabgabcbggacaaccbcaagaagabggggcagaaccbggcbcgggbccbgagccagcbc accagcgacbacacbabbggabbbggcaagbb gbggacaaagbcagcgbcccgcagacggacabgaggccbgagaagcbg aaggagccbbggcccaacagbgacccccccbbc ccbbcaagaacgbcabcagccbgacagaagabgbggabgagbbccgg 60 aabaaacbgcagggagagcggabcbcaggcaaccbggabgcbccbgagggcggcbbcgabgccatccbgcagacagcbgbg tgcacgagggacabbggcbggcgcccggacagcacccaccbgcbggbcbbcbccaccgagbcagccbbccacbabgaggcb gabggcgccaacgbgcbggcbggcabcabgagccgcaacgabgaacggbgccaccbggacaccacgggcaccbacacccag bacaggacacaggacbacccgbcggbgcccacccbggbgcgccbgcbcgccaagcacaacabcabccccabcbbbgcbgbc accaacbacbccbabagcbacbacgagaagcbbcacaccbabbbcccbgbcbccbcacbgggggbgcbgcaggaggacbcg 65 bccaacabcgbggagcbgcbggaggaggccbbcaabcggabccgcbccaaccbggacabccgggcccbagacagcccccga ggccbbcggacagaggbcaccbccaagabgbbccagaagacgaggacbgggbccbbbcacabccggcggggggaagbgggb abataccaggbgcagcbgcgggcccbbgagcacgbggabgggacgcacgtgbgccagctgccggaggaccagaagggcaac abccabcbgaaaccbbccbbcbccgacggccbcaagabggacgcgggcabcabcbgbgabgbgbgcaccbgσgagcbgcaa aaagaggbgcggbcagchcgcbgcagctbcaacggagacbtcgtgbgcggacagbgbgtgbgcagcgagggcbggagbggc 5 cagaccbgcaacbgcbccaccggcbcbcbgagbgacabbcagcccbgccbgcgggagggcgaggacaagccgbgcbccggc cgbggggagbgccagbgcgggcacbgbgbgbgcbacggcgaaggccgcbacgagggbcagbbcbgcgagbabgacaac bc cagbgbccccgcacbbccgggbbccbctgcaabgaccgaggacgcbgcbccabgggccagbgbgbgbgbgagccbggbbgg acaggcccaagcbgbgacbgbccccbcagcaabgccaccbgcabcgacagcaabgggggcabcbgbaabggacgbggccac bgbgagbgbggccgcbgccacbgccaccagcagbcgcbcbacacggacaccabcbgcgagabcaacbacbcggcgbccacc 10 cgggccbcbgcgaggacctacgcbccbgcgbgcagbgccaggcgbggggcaccggcgagaagaaggggcgcacgbgbgagg aabgcaacbbcaaggbcaagabggbggacgagcbbaagagaggcgaggaggbggbggbgcgcbgcbccbbccgggacgagg abgacgacbgcaccbacagcbacaccabggaaggbgacggcgccccbgggcccaacagcacbgbccbggbgcacaagaaga agggacbgcccbccgggcbccbbcbggtggcbcabcccccbgcbccbccbccbccbgccgcbccbggccctgctacbgcbg ctabgcbggaagbacbgbgccbgcbgcaaggccbgccbggcacbbcbcccgbgcbgcaaccgaggbcacabggbgggcbbb 15 aaggaagaccacbacabgcbgcgggagaaccbgabggccbcbgaccacbbggacacgcccabgcbgcgcagcgggaaccbc aagggccgbgacgbggbccgcbggaaggbcaccaacaacabgcagcggccbggcbbbgccacbcabgccgccagcabcaac cccacagagcbggbgcccbacgggcbgbccbbgcgccbggcccgccbbbgcaccgagaaccbgcbgaagccbgacacbcgg gagbgcgcccagcbgcgccaggaggbggaggagaaccbgaacgaggbcbacaggcagabcbccggbgbacacaagcbccag cagaccaagbbccggcagcagcccaabgccgggaaaaagcaagaccacaccab gbggacacagbgcbgabggcgccccgc 20 bcggccaagccggcccbgcbgaagcbbacagagaagcaggbggaacagagggccbbccacgaccbcaaggbggcccccggc tacbacacccbcacbgcagaccaggacgcccggggcabggbggagbbccaggagggcgbggagcbggbggacgbacgggbg ccccbcbbbabccggccbgaggabgacgacgagaagcagcbgcbggbggaggccabcgacgbgcccgcaggcacbgccacc cbcggccgccgccbggbaaacabcaccabcabcaaggagcaagccagagacgbggbgbccbbbgagcagccbgagbbcbcg gbcagccgcggggaccaggbggcccgcabcccbgbcabccggcgbgbccbggacggcgggaagbcccaggbcbccbaccgc 25 acacaggabggcaccgcgcagggcaaccgggacbacabccccgbggagggbgagcbgcbgbbccagccbggggaggccbgg aaagagcbgcaggbgaagcbccbggagcbgcaagaagbbgacbcccbccbgcggggccgccaggbccgccgbbbccacgbc cagcbcagcaacccbaagbbbggggcccaccbgggccagccccacbccaccaccabcabcabcagggacccagabgaacbg gaccggagcbtcacgagbcagabgbbgbcabcacagccacccccbcacggcgaccbgggcgccccgcagaaccccaabgcb aaggccgcbgggbccaggaagabccabbbcaacbggcbgcccccbbc ggcaagccaabggggbacagggbaaagbacbgg 30 a bcagggbgacbccgaabccgaagcccaccbgcbcgacagcaaggbgcccbcagbggagcbcaccaaccbgbacccgbab bgcgacbabgagabgaaggbgbgcgccbacggggcbcagggcgagggacccbacagcbcccbggbgbccbgccgcacccac caggaagbgcccagcgagccagggcgbcbggccbbcaabgbcgbcbccbccacggbgacccagcbgagcbgggcbgagccg gcbgagaccaacggbgagabcacagccbacgaggbctgcbabggccbggbcaacgabgacaaccgaccbabbgggcccabg aagaaagbgctggbbgacaacccbaagaaccggatgcbgcbbattgagaacctbcgggagbcccagcccbaccgctacacg 35 gbgaaggcgcgcaacggggccggcbgggggccbgagcgggaggccabcabcaaccbggccacccagcccaagaggcccabg bccabccccabcabcccbgacabcccbabcgbggacgcccagagcggggaggacbacgacagcbbccbbabgbacagcgab gacgbbcbacgcbctccabcgggcagccagaggcccagcgbcbccgabgacacbggcbgcggcbggaagbbcgagccccbg cbgggggaggagcbggaccbgcggcgcgbcacgbggcggcbgcccccggagcbcabcccgcgccbgbcggccagcagcggg cgcbccbccgacgccgaggcgccccacgggcccccggacgacggcggcgcgggcgggaagggcggcagccbgccccgcagb 40 gcgacacccgggccccccggagagcaccbggbgaatggccggabggacbbbgccbbcccgggcagcaccaacbcccbgcac aggabgaccacgaccagbgcbgcbgccbabggcacccaccbgagcccacacgbgccccaccgcgbgcbaagcacabccbcc acccbcacacgggacbacaacbcacbgacccgcbcagaacacbcacacbcgaccacacbgccgagggacbacbccacccbc accbcc bcbccbcccacggccbcccbcccabcbgggaacacgggaggagcaggcbbccgcbgbccbgggcccbggggbcc cggagbcgggcbcagabgaaagggbbccccccbbccaggggcccacgagac cbabaabccbggcbgggaggccagcagcg 45 cccbccbggggcccagacbcbcgccbgacbgcbggbgbgcccgacacgcccacccgccbggbgbbcbcbgcccbggggccc acabcbcbcagagbgagcbggcaggagccgcggbgcgagcggccgcbgcagggcbacagbgbggagbaccagcbgcbgaac ggcggbgagcbgcabcggcbcaacabccccaacccbgcccagaccbcggbggbggbggaagaccbccbgcccaaccacbcc bacgbgbbccgcgbgcgggcccagagccaggaaggcbggggccgagagcgbgagggbgbcabcaccabtgaabcccaggbg cacccgcagagcccactgbgbccccbgccaggcbccgccbbcacbbbgagcacbcccagbgccccaggcccgcbggbg bc 50 acbgcccbgagcccagacbcgcbgcagcbgagcbgggagcggccacggaggcccaabggggababcgbcggcbaccbggbg accbgbgagabggcccaaggaggaggbccagccaccgcabbccgggbggabggagacagccccgagagccggcbgaccgbg ccgggccbcagcgagaacgbgcccbacaagbbcaaggbgcaggccaggaccacbgagggcbbcgggccagagcgcgagggc abcabcaccabagagbcccaggabggaggbcccbbcccgcagcbgggcagccgbgccgggctcbbccagcacccgcbgcaa agcgagbacagcagcabc ccaccacccacaccagcgccaccgagcccbbccbagbgggbccgacccbgggggcccagcac 55 cbggaggcaggcggcbcccbcacccggcabgbgacccaggagbbbgbgagccggacacbgaccaccagcggaacccbbagc acccacatggaccaacagbbcbbccaaacbbga 6. SEQ ID NO:6 Human beta4 integrin protein sequence (acc# CAB61345): 1 magprpspwa rlllaalisv slsgblnrck kapvkscbec vrvdkdcayc bdemfrdrrc 61 nbqaellaag cqresiwme ssfgibeebq idbblrrsqm spqglrvrlr pgeerhfele 60 121 vfeplespvd lyilmdfsns msddldnlkk mgqnlarvis qlbsdybigf gkfvdkvsvp 181 qbdmrpeklk epwpnsdppf sfknvislbe dvdefrnklq gerisgnlda peggfdailq 241 bavcbrdigw rpdsbhllvf sbesafhyea dganvlagim srnderchld bbgbybqyrt 301 qdypsvpblv rllakhniip i vbnysys yyeklhbyfp vsslgvlqed ssnivellee 361 afnrirsnld iraldsprgl rbevbskmfq ktrbgsfhir rgevgiyqvq lralehvdgb 65 421 hvcqlpedqk gnihlkpsfs dglkmdagii cdvcbcelqk evrsarcsfn gdfvcgqcvc 481 segwsgqbcn csbgslsdiq pclregedkp csgrgecqcg hcvcygegry egqfceydnf 541 qcprbsgflc ndrgrcsmgq cvcepg bgp scdcplsnab cidsnggicn grghcecgrc 601 hchqqslybd biceinysas brasarbyap acsarrgapa rrrgarvrna bsrsr wbsl 661 rearrwwcaa psgbrrabbap babp kvbap Igpbalswcb rrrdcppgsf wwliplllll 721 lpllalllll c kycaccka clallpccnr ghmvgfkedh ymlrenlmas dhldbpmlrs 5 781 gnlkgrd vr wkvbnnmqrp gfab aasin pbelvpygl s Irlarlcben llkpdbreca 841 qlrqeveβnl nevyrqisgv hklqqbkfrq qpnagkkqdh bivdbvlmap rsakpallkl 901 bekqveqraf hdlkvapgyy blbadqdarg mvefqegvel vdvrvplfir pedddekqll 961 veaidvpagb ablgrrlvni bϋkeqardv vsf eqpef sv srgdqvarip virrvldggk 1021 sqvsyrbqdg baqgnrdyip vegellfqpg ea kelqvkl lelqevdsll rgrqvrrfhv 10 1081 qlsnpkfgah Igqphsb bii irdpdeldrs fb sqmlssqp pphgdlgapq npnakaagsr 1141 ki fnwlpps gkpmgyrvky iqgdsesea hlldskvpsv slbnlypycd ye kvcayga 1201 qgegpysslv scrbhqevps epgrlafnw ssbvbqls a epaebngeib ayevcyglvn 1261 ddnrpigpmk kvlvdnpknr mllienlres qpyrybvkar ngagwgpere axmlabqpk 1321 rpmsipiαpd ipivdaqsge dydsflmysd dvlrspsgsq rpsvsddbgc gwkfepllge 15 1381 eldlrrvbwr Ippel rprls assgrssdae aphgppddgg aggkggslpr sabpgppgeh 1441 Ivngrmdfaf pgsbnslhrm bbb saaaygb hlsphvphrv Isbssblbrd ynslbrsehs 1501 hsbtlprdys blbsvsshgl ppi ehgrsr Iplswalgsr sraq kgfpp srgprdsiαl 1561 agrpaapswg pdsrlbagvp dbpbrlvf sa lgpbslrvs qeprcerplq gysveyqlln 1621 ggelhrlnip npaqb sv ve dllpnhsyvf rvraqsqegw greregvibi esqvhpqεpl 20 1681 cplpgsafbl sbpsapgplv f balspdslq l s erprrpn gdivgylvbc emaqgggpab 1741 af rvdgdepe srlbvpglse nvpykfkvqa rbbegfgper egiibresqd ggpfpqlgsr 1801 aglfqhplqs eyssisbbhb sabepflvgp blgaqhleag gslbrhvbqe fvsrblbbsg 1861 bl sbhmdqqf fqb 7. SEQ ID NO:7 Mouse integrin beta4 subunit mRNA (not only cds) (acc# 25 L04678): ggaccgbcgaggcagcgggacbgacccagcbgggcbcacbgbabbaagaagcggacccgcgacccggagcgcccggggacc cgabcbgggagccbggacgggbgcagcgcgcaggaabgcagbccgccbgacbcaccagcgccbccbbccbaccbgcgccgc ccgbccabaaagcgcbgcbcgbcccgcccgccgccgccgcccbgcbgbcccgccgggcbcgcccgcgcgcbcagcbcgacc caacgcagcccaagbccgaggbagbcbcacbaaggaggaggaggabggcagggcccbgbbgcagcccabgggbgaagctgc 30 bgcbgcbggcacgaabgcbgagbgccagccbcccbggagaccbggccaaccgcbgcaagaaggcbcaggbgaagagcbg a ccgagbgcabccgggbggacaagagcbgbgccbacbgcacagacgagcbgbbcaaggagaggcgcbgcaacacccaggcgg acgbbcbggcbgcaggcbgcaggggagagagcabccbggbcabggagagcagccbbgaaabcacagagaacacccaga cg bcaccagccbgcaccgcagccaggbabcbccccaaggccbgcaagbccggcbgcggcggggbgaggagcgcacgbbbgbgb bccaggbcbbbgagccccbggagagccccgbggabcbgbababccbcabggacbbcbccaacbccabgbcbgacgabcbgg 35 acaaccbcaagcagabggggcagaacctggccaagabccbgcgccagcbcaccagcgacbacaccabbggabbbggaaagb bbgbggacaaagbcagcgbcccacagacagacabgaggcccgagaaacbgaaggagcccbggcccaacagbgabcccccgb bcbccbbcaagaacgbbabcagcbbaacggagaabgbggaagaabbcbggaacaaacbgcaaggagaacgcabcbcaggca accbggacgcbccbgaagggggcbbbgabgccabccbgcagacagcbgbgbgcacaagggacabbggcbggagggcbgaca gcacccaccbgcbggbgbbcbccaccgagbcbgccbbccacbacgaggcbgabggbgccaacgbbcbggccggcabcabga 40 accgcaabgabgagaaabgccaccbggacgccbcgggcgccbacacccaabacaagacacaggacbacccabcagbgccca cgcbggbbcgccbgcbbgccaagcabaacabcabccccabcbbbgcbgbcaccaacbacbcbbacagcbacbabgagaagc bccabaagbabbbccccgbcbcc cbcbgggcgbccbgcaggaggabbcabccaacatcgbggagcbgcbggaggaggccb bcbabcgaabbcgcbccaaccbggacabccgggcbcbggacagccccagaggccbgagaacagaggbcaccbccgabacbc bccagaagacggagacbgggbccbbbcacabcaagcggggggaagbgggcacabacaabgbgcabcbccgggcagbggagg 45 acabagabgggacacabgbgbgccagcbggcbaaagaagaccaagggggcaacabccaccbgaaacccbccbbcbcbgabg gccbccggabggacgcgagbgbgabcbgbgacgbgbgccccbgbgagcbgcaaaaggaagbbcgabcagc cgcbgbcacb bcagaggagacbbcabgbgbggacacbgbgbgbgcaabgagggcbggagbggcaaaaccbgcaacbgcbccaccggcbcbc bgagbgacacacagcccbgccbgcgbgagggbgaggacaaaccgbgcbcgggccacggcgagbgccagbgcggacgcbgbg bgbgcbabggbgaaggccgcbacgagggbcacbbcbgcgagbabgacaacbbccagbgbccccggaccbcbggabbccbgb 50 gcaabgaccggggacgcbgbtcbabgggagagbgbgbgbgbgagccbggbbggacaggccgcagcbgcgacbgbccccbca gcaabgccacctgcabcgabagcaacgggggcabcbgcaacggccgaggcbacbgbgagbgbggccgbbgbcacbgcaacc agcagbcgc c acacggacaccaccbgbgagabcaacbacbcbgcgabacbgggbc c gbgaggabcbccgcbccbgcg bacagbgccaggccbggggcaccggggagaagaaagggcgcgcgbgbgacgabbgccccbbbaaagbcaagabggbagacg agcbbaagaaagaagaggbggbggagbacbgcbccbbccgggabgaggabgacgacbgcacbbacagcbacaacgbggagg 55 gcgacggcagcccbgggcccaacagcacagbccbggbccacaaaaagaaagacbgccbcccggcbccbbccbggbggcbca bcccccbgcbcabcbbccbccbgb gcbccbggcgbbgcbbcbgcbgcbcbgcbggaaabacbgbgccbgcbgcaaagccb gccbggggcbbcbbccbbgcbgcaaccgaggbcacabggbgggcbtbaaggaagabcacbababgcbbcgggagaaccbga bggccbcbgaccaccbggacacgcccabgcbacgaagcgggaaccbcaagggacgagacacagbccgcbggaagabcacca acaabgbgcagcgcccbggcbbbgccacccabgccgccagcaccagccccacggagcbcgbacccbacgggcbgbcccbgc 60 gccbbggccgccbcbgcacbgagaaccbbabgaagccgggcacccgagagbgbgaccagcbacgccaggaggbggaggaaa abcbgaabgaggbgbabagacaggbcagcggcgcacacaagcbccagcagacgaag ccgacagcagcccaacgccggga aaaagcaagaccacacca bgbggacacagbgbbgcbggcgccccgcbccgccaagcagabgcbgcbgaagcbgacagaga agcaggbggagcaggggbccbbccabgaacbgaaggbggccccbggcbacbacacbgbcacggcagagcaggabgcccggg gcabggbggagbbccaggagggcgbggagcbggbggabgbgcgagbgccccbcbbcabccggccbgaggatgabgabgaga 65 agcagcbgcbggbggaggccabbgabgbcccbgbgagcacbgccacccbbggbcgccgbcbggbaaacatcaccabbabca aggaacaagcbagbggggbagbgbccbbcgagcagccbgaabacbcggbgagbcgbggagaccaggbggcccgcabcccbg bcabccggcacabccbggacaabggcaagbcccaggbcbccbabagcacacaggabaabacagcacacggacaccgggabb abgbbcccgbggagggagagcbgcbgbbccabccbggggaaaccbggaaggagbbgcaggbgaagcbactggagctgcagg aggbbgacbcccbccbgcgbggccgccaggbccgccgcbbccaagtccaacbcagcaaccccaagbbcggagcccgccbgg gccagcccagcacaaccaccgbbabbcbcgabgaaacggacaggagbcbcabaaabcaaacacbbbcabcgccbccgccac cccabggagaccbgggcgccccacagaaccccaabgccaaggcbgccggabccaggaagabccabbbcaacbggcbgcccc cbccbggcaagccaabggggbacagggbgaagbacbggabccagggcgacbcbgaabcbgaagcccaccbbcbagabagca aggbgcccbcagbggaacbcaccaaccbgbabcccbabbgcgacbacgaaabgaaggbgbgbgccbabggggccaagggbg aggggcccbabagcbcacbggbgbccbgccgcacccaccaggaagbacccagbgagccagggaggcbggcbbbcaabgbag bc cbbcbacggbgacbcagcbgagcbgggcagagccagcbgagaccaabggcgagabcacagccbacgaggbcbgctabg gacbggbcaabgaggacaacagacccabbggaccbabgaagaaggtgcbcgbggacaaccccaagaaccggabgcbgc ca bbgagaabcbgcgagabbcccagccabaccgabacacggbbaaggcgcgcaabggggcaggabggggacccgagagagagg cbabcabcaacctggcbacacagcccaagcggcccabgbccabcccbabcabcccagacabccccabagbggacgcccagg gtggagaagacbacgaaaacbbccbbabgbacagbgabgacgbccbgcggbccccagccagcagccagaggcccagcgbbb cbgabgacacbgagcaccbggbgaabggccggabggacbbbgccbabccaggcagcgccaacbcccbgcacagaabgacbg cagccaabgbggccbabggcacgcabcbgagcccacaccbgbcccaccgagbgcbgagcacgbccbccacccbbacccggg acbaccacbcbcbgacacgcacagagcacbcccacbcaggcacacbbcccagggacbacbccacccbcacbbcccbbbccb cccaagccbcccbccbabcbgggaagabgggaggagcaggcbbccgcbgbccbggacbcbbgggbccbbgagccgggcbca cabgaagggbgbgcccgcabccaggggbbcaccagacbcbabaabccbggccgggcagbcagcagcacccbccbggggbac aggabbcccgbggggcbgbgggbgbgccbgacacacccacbcggcbggbgbbcbcbgcccbggggcgcacgbcbbbgaagg bgagcbggcaggagccacagbgbgabcggacgcbgcbgggcbacagbgbggaabaccagcbacbaacgbgcgbcgagabgc abcggcbcaacabcccbaacccbggccaaaccbcggbggbggbagaggabcbccbgccbaactacbcbcabgbgbbccggg bacgggcacagagccaggagggcbggggbcgagagcgagagggbgbcabcaccabcgagbcccaggbgcacccgcagagcc cbcbcbgcccccbgccaggcbcagccbbcacbcbgagcacccccagcgccccaggaccacbggtgbbcacbgcccbaagcc cagacbccccgcagcbcagcbgggagcggccgaggagccgcaabggagababccbbggcbaccbggbgacctgbgagabgg cccaaggaggagcaccagccaggaccbbccgggbggacggagacaacccbgagagccggbbgacbgbaccbggccbcagbg agaacgbbccbbacaagbbcaaggbbcaggccaggacgaccgagggcbbbgggccagagcgbgagggbabcabcaccabcg agbcbcaggbbggaggccccbbcccacagcbgggcagcaabbcbgggcbcbbccagaacccagbgcaaagcgagbbcagca gcgbgaccagcacgcacagcaccacgacbgagcccbbccbcabggabggbcbaacccbggggacccagcgccbggaagcag gaggcbcccbcacccggcabgbgacccaggaabbcgbgacccggaccbbaacggccagbggcbc c cagcacbcaba gg accaacagbbcbbccaaaccbgaaccbcccccgcgccccagccaccbgggccccbccbbgcctccbcbccbagcgccbbcb bccbcbgcbgcbcbacccacgagcbbgcbgaccacagagccagccccbgbagbcagagagcaggggbaggbgcbgbccagg aaccabaaagbgggbagaggbgabacaaggbcbbbcbgacbgcabcccacccbgggbccaabcccacabgbaacc 8. SEQ ID NO:8 Murine integrin beta4 protein sequence: MAGPCCSPWV KLLLΓJARMLS ASLPGDUANR CKKAQVKSCT ECIRVDKSCA YCTDELFKERRCNTQADVLA AGCRGESIDV MESS EITEN TQIVTSLHRS QVSPQGLQVR LRRGEERTFVFQVFEPLESP VDIJYHJMDFS NSMSDD DNL KQMGQNLAKI LRQIJTSDYT GFGKFVDKVSVPQTDMRPEK LKEP PNSDP PFSFKNVΪSIt TE VEEFWNK LQGERISGN DAPEGGFDAIIJQTAVCTRDI G RADSTHLL VFSTESAFHY EADGANVLAG IMNR DEKCH LDASGAYTQY KTQDYPΞVPT LVRLLAKHNI IPIFAVTNYS YSYYEKLHKY FPVSSLGVLQ EDSSNIVELiDEEAFYRIRSN LDIRALDSPR G RTEVTSDT QKTETGSFH IKRGEVGTYN VHLRAVEDIDGTHVCQIJAKE DQGGNIHLKP SFSDGLRMDA SVICDVCPCE LQKEVRSARC HFRGDFMCGHCVCNEGWSGK TCNCSTGSLΞ DTQPCLREGE DKPCSGHGEC QCGRCVCYGE GRYEGHFCEYDNFQCPRTSG FLCNDRGRCS MGECVCEPG TGRSCDCP S NATCIDSNGG ICNGRGYCEC GRCHCNQQSL YTDTTCEINY SAILGLCED RSCVQCQAWG TGEKKGRACD DCPFKVKMVDELKKEEWEY CSFRDEDDDC TYSYNVEGDG SPGPNSTV V HKKKDCLPAP S LIP IFLLLLLAIII D IJCWKYCACCK ACLGLLPCCN RGH VGFKED HYMDRENLMA SDHLDTPMLRSGNLKGRDTV R KITNNVQR PGFATHAAST SPTELVPYG S RLGRDCTE NLM PGTRECDQLRQEVEEN LNEVYRQVSG AHKLQQTKFR QQPNAGKKQD HTIvDTV LA PRSAKQML K LiTEKQVEQGS FHE KVAPGY YTVTAEQDAR GMVEFQEGVE VDVRVPLFI RPEDDDEKQ LVEAIDVPVS TATLGRR VN ITIIKEQASG WSFEQPEYS VSRGDQVARI PVIRHIIiDNGKSQVSYSTQD NTAHGHRDYV PVEGELLFHP GETWKEϋQVK Ii E QEVDSL bRGRQVRRFQVQLSNPKFGA RLGQPSTTTV ILDETDRSItl NQTLSSPPPP HGDLGAPQNP NAKAAGSRKΪHFNWLPPPGK PMGYRV YWI QGDSESEAHL liDSKVPSVEIi TNLYPYCDYE MKVCAYGAKG EGPYSSLVSC RTHQEVPSEP GRhAFNWSS TVTQLS AEP AETNGEITAY EVCYGBVNEDNRPIGPMKKV LVDNPK RMD IEN RDSQP RYTVKARNG AG GPEREAI IN ATQPKRPMSIPIIPDIP IVDAQGGEDY ENFLMYSDDV LRSPASΞQRP SVSDDTEH V NGRMDFAYPGSANSLHRMTA ANVAYGTHLS PHLSHRV ST SSTLTRDYHS LTRTEHSHSG T PRDYSTLTSLSSQASIttiS GKMGGAGFRC PGLLGP 9. SEQ ID NO:9 Mouse beta4 dominant negative cds: afcggcagggcccbgbbgcagcccabgggbgaagcbgcbgcbgcbggcacgaabgcbgagbgccagccbcccbggagaccbg gccaaccgcbgcaagaaggcbcaggbgaagagctgbaccgagbgcabccgggbggacaagagcbgbgccbacbgcacagac gagcbgbbcaaggagaggcgcbgcaacacccaggcggacgbbcbggcbgcaggcbgcaggggagagagcabccbggbcabg gagagcagccbbgaaabcacagagaacacccagabcgbcaccagccbgcaccgcagccaggbabcbccccaaggcctgcaa gbccggcbgcggcggggbgaggagcgcacgbbbgbgbbccaggbcbbbgagccccbggagagccccgtggabc gbaba c cbcabggacbbcbccaacbccatgbcbgacgabcbggacaaccbcaagcagabggggcagaaccbggccaagabccbgcgc cagcbcaccagcgacbacaccabbggabbtggaaagbbbgbggacaaagbcagcgbcccacagacagacabgaggcccgag aaacbgaaggagcccbggcccaacagbgabcccccgbbcbccbbcaagaacgbbabcagcbtaacggagaabgbggaagaa bbcbggaacaaacbgcaaggagaacgcabcbcaggcaaccbggacgcbccbgaagggggcbbbgabgccabccbgcagaca gcbgbgbgcacaagggacabbggcbggagggcbgacagcacccaccbgcbggbgbbcbccaccgagbcbgccbbccacbac gaggcbgabggbgccaacgbbcbggccggcabcabgaaccgcaabgabgagaaabgccaccbggacgccbcgggcgccbac acccaabacaagacacaggacbacccabcagbgcccacgcbggbbcgccbgcbbgccaagcabaacabcabccccabcbbb gctgtcaccaactactcttacagctactatgagaagctccataagtatbtccccgbctcctctctgggcgtcctgcaggag gabbcabccaacabcgbggagcbgcbggaggaggccbbcbabcgaabbcgctccaacctggacabccgggcbcbggacagc cccagaggccbgagaacagaggbcaccbccgabacbcbccagaagacggagacbgggtccbbbcacabcaagcggggggaa gbgggcacabacaabgbgcabcbccgggcagbggaggacabagabgggacacabgbgbgccagcbggcbaaagaagaccaa gggggcaacabccaccbgaaacccbccbbcbctgabggccbccggabggacgcgagbgbgabcbgbgacgbgbgccccbgb gagcbgcaaaaggaagbbcgabcagcbcgcbgbcacbbcagaggagacbbcabgbgbggacacbgbgbgbgcaabgagggc bggagbggcaaaaccbgcaacbgcbccaccggcbcbcbgagbgacacacagcccbgccbgcgbgagggbgaggacaaaccg bgctcgggccacggcgagbgccagbgcggacgcbgbgtgbgctabggbgaaggccgcbacgagggbcac bc gcgagbab gacaacbbccagbgbccccggaccbcbggabbccbgbgcaabgaccggggacgcbgbbcbabgggagagbgbgbgbgbgag ccbggbbggacaggccgcagcbgcgacbgbccccbcagcaabgccaccbgcabcgabagcaacgggggcabcbgcaacggc cgaggcbacbgbgagbgbggccgbbgbcacbgcaaccagcagbcgcbcbacacggacaccaccbgbgagabcaacbacbcb gcgabacbgggbcbcbgbgaggabcbccgcbccbgcgbacagbgccaggccbggggcaccggggagaagaaagggcgcgcg bgbgacgabbgccccbbbaaagbcaagabggbagacgagcbbaagaaagaagaggbggbggagbacbgcbccbbccgggab gaggabgacgacbgcacbbacagcbacaacgbggagggcgacggcagcccbgggcccaacagcacagbccbggbccacaaa aagaaagacbgccbcccggctccbbccbggbggcbcabccccctgcbcabctbccbccbgbbgcbccbggcgbbgcbbcbg cbgcbcbgcbggaaabga 10. SEQ ID NO.-IO Mouse beta4 dominant negative protein sequence: MAGPCCSPWV KLLLLARMLS ASLPGD ANR CKKAQVKSCT ECIRVDKSCA YCTDEIIF ERRCNTQADVIJA AGCRGESILV MESSLEITEN TQIVTSLHRS QVSPQGLQVR LRRGEERTFVFQVFEP ESP VDLYILMDFS NSMSDDLDNL KQMGQNLAKI LRQLTSDYTI GFGKFVDKVSVPQTDMRPEK LKEPWPNSDP PFΞFKNV1SL TENVEEFWNK LQGERISGNL DAPEGGFDAILQTAVCTRDI GWRADSTHL VFSTESAFHY EADGANVLAG IMNRNDEKCH LDASGAYTQY KTQDYPSVPT LVRLLAKHNI IPIFAVTNYS YSYYEK HKY FPVSSLGVLQ EDSSNIVELLEEAFYRIRSN DIRALDSPR GLRTEVTSDT LQKTETGSFH IKRGEVGTYN VHLRAVEDIDGTHVCQLAKE DQGGNIHLKP SFSDGLRMDA ΞVICDVCPCE LQKEVRSARC HFRGDFMCGHCVCNEGWSGK TCNCSTGSLS DTQPCLREGE DKPCSGHGEC QCGRCVCYGE GRYEGHFCEYDNFQCPRTSG FLCNDRGRCS MGECVCEPGW TGRSCDCPLS NATCIDSNGG ICNGRGYCEC GRCHCMQQSL) YTDTTCEINY ΞAILGLCEDL RSCVQCQAWG TGEKKGRACD DCPFKVKMVDEIiKKEEWEY CSFRDEDDDC TYSYNVEGDG SPGPNSTVLV HKKKDCLPAP SWWLIPLLIFLLLLLALLLLLCWK 11. SEQ ID NO:ll Murine laminin gamma2 chain complete cds (acc# U43327V. atgcctgcgctctggctcagctgctgcctcggtgtcgcgctcctgctgcccgccagccaggccacctccagga gggaagtchgtgattgcaatgggaagtccaggcaatgtgtctttgatcaggagctccatcgacaagcaggcag cgggbtccgttgcctcaactgcaatgacaatacagcgggggttcactgcgagcggtcgagggaggggthttac cagcatcagagcaagagccgctgcctaccctgcaactgccacfccaaagggttccctcagtgctggatgtgaca actctggacaatgcaggtgtaagccaggtgtgacaggacaaagatgtgaccagtgtcagccaggchtccatat gctcaccgatgcbggatgcacccgagaccaggggcaactagattccaagtgtgactgtgacccagctggcatc tctggaccctgtgattctggccgatgtgtctgcaaaccagccgfccactggagagcgctgtgataggtgccgac cacgtgacfcatcatctggaccgggcaaaccctgagggctgtacccagtgtttctgctatgggcat cagecag ctgccacgcctcbgccgacttcagtgtccacaaaatcacfctcaactttcagtcaggatgtggatggttggaag gcggttcagagaaacggggcacctgcaaaactccactggtcacagcgccatcgggacgtgtttagttctgccc gaagatcagaccccgtctat tcgtggcccctgccaaattcctcggtaaccagcaagtgagttacgggcagag cctgtcttttgactaccgcgtggacagaggaggtagacagccgtctgcctacgatgtgatcctggaaggtgct ggtctacagatcagagctcctctgatggcbccaggcaagacactbcctbgtgggatcacaaagacttacacat tcagactgaatgaacatccaagcagtcactggagtccccagctgagttatttcgaatatcgaaggttactgcg gaacctcacagccctcctgatgatccgagctacgtacggagaatatagtacagggtacatbgataacgtgacc ctggtttcagcccgccctgtccttggagccccagccccttgggttgaacgttgtgtatgcctgctggggtaca agggacaattcbgccaggaatgtgcttctggbtacaaaagagattcggcaagattgggcgcttttggcgcctg tgtbccctgtaactgccaaggggagggggcctgbgatccagacacgggagattgctactcgggggacgagaab cctgacattgagtgtgcbgactgtcccatcggtttctacaatgacccacatgacccccgcagctgcaagccat gtccctgtcacaatgggttcagc gttcagtgatgccfcgagacagaggaggtggtgtgbaacaactgtccccc tggggtcacaggtgcccgctgtgagctctgtgctgatggcttctttggggatccctbtggggaacatggccca gtgaggccbbgtcaacgctgccaabgcaacaacaacgtggaccccaatgcctctgggaactgtgaccagfctga caggcagatgcttgaaatgbatcbacaacacggccggfcgtctactgbgaccagtgcaaagcaggttactttgg agacccattggctcccaacccagcagacaagtgtcgagcttgcaactgcagccccatgggbgcggagcctgga gagtgbcgaggtgatggcagctgtgttbgcaagccaggcbttggcgccbtcaactgtgatcacgcagccctaa ccagttgtcctgcttgctacaatcaagtgaagattcagatggaccagtttacccagcagcbccagagcctgga ggccctggbttcaaaggctcagggtggbggbggtggtggtacagbcccagtgcagctggaaggcaggatcgag caggctgagcaggcccttcaggacattctgggagaagctcagatbtcagaaggggcaatgagagccgtfcgctg tccggcbggccaaggcaaggagccaagagaacgactacaagacccgccbggatgacctcaagatgactgcaga aaggatccgggccctgggcagtcagcatcagaacagagttcaggatacgagcagac catctcbcagabgcgc 5 ctgagtctggcaggaagcgaagctctcttggaaaacactaatatccattcttctgagcactacgtggggccga abgattbtaaaagtc ggctcaggaggcbacaagaaaggcagacagccacgctgagtcagctaacgcaabgaa gcaactagcaagggaaactgaggactacbccaaacaagcactbtcattggcccgcaagcbcttgagtggagga ggcggaagtggctct gggacagctccgtggbacaaggtcttatgggaaaattagagaaaaccaagbccctga gccagcagctgtcattggagggcacccaagccgacattgaagctgataggtcgtatcagcacagtctccgcct 10 cctggattctgcctctcagcttcagggagtcagtgatctgtcctttcaggtggaagcaaagaggatcagacaa aaggctgattctctctcaaacctggtgaccagacaaacggatgcattcacgcgtgtgcgaaacaatctgggga actgggaaaaagaaacacggcagcttttacagactggaaaggataggagacagacttcagatcagctgctttc ccgtgccaacctbgctaaaaacagagcccaagaagcgctaagtatgggcaatgccacttbttabgaagttgag aacatcctgaagaaccbccgagagtttgatctgcaggttgaagacagaaaagcagaggcbgaagaggccatga 15 agagactctcctctatfcagccagaaggttgcggatgccagtgacaagacccagcaagcagaaacggccctggg gagcgccactgccgacacccaacgggcaaagaacgcagctagggaggccctggagatcagcagcgagatagag ctggagatagggagtctgaacttggaagctaatgtgacagcagabggggccttggccatggagaaagggactg ccactctgaagagcgagatgagagagatgabbgagctggccagaaaggagctggagtttgacacggataagga cacggtgcagctggtgabtactgaagcccagcaagcbgatgccagagccacgagtgccggagttaccabccaa 20 gacacrctcaacacattggacggcatcctacacctcatagaccagcctggcagtgtggatgaagaagggatga tgctabtagaacaagggcttttccaagccaagacccagatcaacagtcgacttcggcccttgatgtctgaccb ggaggagagggbgcgtcggcagaggaaccacctccatctgctggagacbagcatagatggaattcttgctgat gtgaagaacctggagaacattcgagacaacctgcccccaggctgctacaatacccaagctcttgagcaacagt ga 25 12. SEQ ID NO:12 Murine laminin gamma2 chain protein sequence (acc# AAA85256 1 mpal lsccl gvalllpasq absrrevcdc ngksrqcvfd qel rqagsg frclncndnb 61 agvhcersre gfyqhqsksr clpcnchskg slsagcdnsg qcrckpgvbg qrcdqcqpgf 121 hmlbdagcbr dqgqldskcd cdpagisgpc dsgrcvckpa vtgercdrcr prdyhldran 30 181 pegcbqcfcy ghsaschasa dfsvhkibsb fsqdvdgwka vqrngapakl h sqrhrdvf 241 ssarrsdpvy fvapakflgn qqvsygqsls fdyrvdrggr qpsaydvile gaglqirapl 301 mapgkblpcg ibkbybfrln ehpsshwspq Isyfeyrrll rnlballmir abygeysbgy 361 idnvblvsar pvlgapap v ercvcllgyk gqfcqecasg ykrdsarlga fgacvpcncq 421 gegacdpdbg dcysgdenpd iecadcpigf yndp dprsc kpcpchngfs csvmpebeev 35 481 vcnncppgvb garcelcadg ffgdpfgehg pvrpcqrcqc nnnvdpnasg ncdqlbgrcl 541 kciynbagvy cdqckagyfg dplapnpadk cracncspmg aepgecrgdg scvckpgfga 601 fncdhaalbs cpacynqvki qmdqfbqqlq slealvskaq ggggggbvpv qlegrieqae 661 qalqdilgea qisegamrav avrlakarsq endykbrldd lk baerira Igsqhqnrvq 721 dbsrlisqmr lslagseall enbnihsseh yvgpndfksl aqeabrkads haesanamkq 40 781 larebedysk qalslarkll sggggsgswd sswqglmgk lekbkslsqq Islegbqadi 841 eadrsyqhsl rlldsasqlq gvsdlsfqve akrirqkads lsnlvbrqbd afbrvrnnlg 901 nwekebrqll qbgkdrrqbs dqllsranla knraqealsm gnabfyeven ilknlrefdl 961 q edrkaeae ea krlssis qkvadasdkb qqaebalgsa badbqrakna arealeiese 1021 ieleigslnl eanvbadgal amekgbablk semremiela rkelefdbdk dbvqlvibea 45 1081 qqadarabsa gvbiqdblnb ldgilhlidq pgsvdeegmm lleqglfqak bqinsrlrpl 1141 sdleervrr qrnhlhlleb sidgiladvk nlenirdnlp pgcynbqale qq 13. SEQ ID NO:13 Human laminin gamma2 chain complete cds (acc# AH006634'> abgccbgcgcbcbggcbgggcbgcbgccbcbgcbbcbcgcbccbccbgcccgcagcccgggccaccbccaggagggaagbc 50 bgbgabbgcaabgggaagbccaggcagbgbabcbbbgabcgggaacbbcacagacaaacbggbaabggabbccgcbgccbc aactgcaabgacaacacbgabggcabbcacbgcgagaagbgcaagaabggcbbbbaccggcacagagaaagggaccgcbgb bbgcccbgcaabbgbaacbccaaaggbbcbcbbagbgcbcgabgbgacaacbcbggacggbgcagcbgtaaaccaggbgbg acaggagccagabgcgaccgatgbctgccaggcbbccacabgctcacggabgcggggbgcacccaagaccagagacbgcta gacbccaagbgbgacbgbgacccagcbggcabcgcagggcccbgbgacgcgggccgcbgbgbcbgcaagccagcbgbbacb 55 ggagaacgctgbgabaggbgbcgabcaggbbacbabaabcbggabggggggaacccbgagggcbgbacccagbgbbbcbgc babgggcabbcagccagctgccgcagcbcbgcagaabacagbgbccabaagabcacctcbaccbbbcabcaagabgbbgab ggcbggaaggcbgbccaacgaaabgggbcbccbgcaaagcbccaabggbcacagcgccabcaagabgbgbbbagcbcagcc caacgacbagacccbgbcbabbbbgbggctccbgccaaabbbcbbgggaabcaacaggbgagcbabgggcaaagcctgbcc bbbgactaccgbgbggacagaggaggcagacacccabcbgcccabgabgtgabtcbggaaggbgcbggbcbacggabcaca 60 gcbcccbbgabgccacbbggcaagacacbgccbbgbgggcbcaccaagacbbacacabbcaggbbaaabgagcabccaagc aabaabbggagcccccagctgagttacbbbgagbabcgaaggbbacbgcggaabcbcacagcccbccgcabccgagcbaca babggagaabacagbacbgggbacabbgacaabgbgacccbgabbbcagcccgcccbgbcbcbggagccccagcacccbgg gbbgaacagbgbababgbccbgbbgggbacaaggggcaabbcbgccaggabbgbgcbbcbggcbacaagagagabbcagcg agacbggggccbbbbggcaccbgbabbccbbgbaacbgbcaagggggaggggccbgbgabccagacacaggagabbgbbab tcaggggabgagaabccbgacabtgagbgbgcbgactgcccaattggbbbcbacaacgabccgcacgacccccgcagcbgc aagccabgbcccbgbcabaacgggbbcagcbgcbcagbgabgccggagacggaggaggtggbgbgcaabaacbgcccbccc 5 ggggbcaccggbgcccgαbgbgagcbcbgbgcbgabggcbacbbbggggaccccbbbggbgaacabggcccagbgaggccb bgbcagcccbgbcaabgcaacaacaabgbggaccccagbgcctcbgggaabtgbgaccggcbgacaggcaggbgbbtgaag bgbabccacaacacagccggcabcbacbgcgaccagbgcaaagcaggcbacbtcggggacccabbggcbcccaacccagc gacaagbgbcgagcbbgcaacbgbaaccccabgggcbcagagccbgbaggabgbcgaagbgabggcaccbgbgbbbgcaag ccaggabbbggbggccccaacbgbgagcabggagcabbcagctgbccagcbbgcbabaabcaagbgaagabbcagabggab 10 cagbbbabgcagcagcbbcagagaabggaggcccbgabbbcaaaggcbcagggbggbgabggagbagbaccbgabacagag cbggaaggcaggabgcagcaggcbgagcaggcccbbcaggacabbcbgagagabgcccagabbbcagaaggbgcbagcaga bcccbbggbcbccagbbggccaaggbgaggagccaagagaacagcbaccagagccgccbggabgaccbcaagabgacbgbg gaaagagbbcgggcbcbgggaagbcagbaccagaaccgagbbcgggabacbcacaggc cabcactcagabgcagcbgagc ctggcagaaagbgaagcbbccbbgggaaacacbaacabbccbgccbcagaccacbacgbggggccaaabggcbbbaaaagt 15 cbggcbcaggaggccacaagabbagcagaaagccacgbbgagtcagccagbaacabggagcaacbgacaagggaaacbgag gacbabbccaaacaagcccbcbcacbggbgcgcaaggcccbgcabgaaggagbcggaagcggaagcggbagcccggacggb gcbgbggbgcaagggcbbgbggaaaaabbggagaaaaccaagbcccbggcccagcagbbgacaagggaggccacbcaagcg gaaabbgaagcagabaggbcbbabcagcacagbcbccgccbccbggabbcagbgbcbcggcbbcagggagbcagbgabcag bccbbbcaggtggaagaagcaaagaggabcaaacaaaaagcggabbcacbcbcaacgctggbaaccaggcababggabgag 20 bbcaagcgbacacaaaagaabcbgggaaacbggaaagaagaagcacagcagcbcbbacagaabggaaaaagtgggagagag aaatcagabcagcbgcbbbcccgbgccaabcbbgcbaaaagcagagcacaagaagcacbgagbabgggcaabgccacbbtb babgaagbbgagagcabccbbaaaaaccbcagagagbbbgaccbgcaggbggacaacagaaaagcagaagcbgaagaagcc abgaagagacbcbccbacabcagccagaaggbbbcagafcgccagbgacaagacccagcaagcagaaagagcccbggggagc gcbgcbgcbgabgcacagagggcaaagaabggggccggggaggcccbggaaabcbccagbgagabbgaacaggagatbggg 25 agbcbgaacbbggaagccaabgbgacagcagabggagccbbggccabggaaaagggacbggccbcbcbgaagagbgagabg agggaagbggaaggagagcbggaaaggaaggagcbggagbbbgacacgaatabggabgcagbacagabggbgabbacagaa gcccagaaggbbgabaccagagccaagaacgcbggggbbacaatccaagacacacbcaacacabtagacggcctccbgcab cbgabggaccagccbcbcagbgbagabgaagaggggcbggbcbtacbggagcagaagcbbbcccgagccaagacccagabc aacagccaacbgcggcccabgabgbcagagcbggaagagagggcacgbcagcagaggggccaccbccabbbgcbggagaca 30 agcabagabgggabbcbggcbgabgbgaagaacbbggagaacabbagggacaaccbgcccccaggcbgcbacaabacccag gc cbbgagcaacagbga 14. SEQ ID NO:14 Human laminin gamma2 chain protein sequence facc# AAC50457) Alternative splice form 1 mpalwlgccl cfslllpaar absrrevcdc ngksrqcifd rel rqbgng frclncndnb 35 61 dgihcekckn gfyrhrerdr clpcncnskg slsarcdnsg rcsckpgvbg arcdrclpgf 121 hmlbdagcbq dqrlldskcd cdpagiagpc dagrcvckpa vbgercdrcr sgyynldggn 181 pegcbqcfcy ghsascrssa eysvhkibsb fhqdvdgwka vqrngspakl qwsqrhqdvf 241 ssaqrldpvy fvapakflgn qqvsygqsls fdyrvdrggr hpsahdvile gaglribapl 301 mplgkblpcg lbkbybfrln ehpsnnwspq lsyfeyrrll rnltalrira bygeysbgyi 40 351 dnvblisarp vsgapapwve qcicpvgykg qfcqdcasgy krdsarlgpf gbcipcncqg 421 ggacdpdbgd cysgdenpdi ecadcpigfy ndphdprsck pcpchngfsc svmpebeew 481 cnncppgvbg arcelcadgy fgdpfgehgp vrpcqpcqcn nnvdpsasgn cdrlbgrclk 541 cihnbagiyc dqckagyfgd plapnpadkc racncnpmgs epvgcrsdgb cvckpgfggp 601 ncehgafscp acynqvkiqm dqfmqqlqrm ealiskaqgg dgwpdbele grmqqaeqal 45 651 qdilrdaqis egasrslglq lakvrsqens yqsrlddlkm bvervralgs qyqnrvrdbh 721 rlibqmqlsl aeseaslgnb nipasdhyvg pngfkslaqe abrlaeshve sasnmeqlbr 781 ebedyskqal slvrkalheg vgsgsgspdg a vqglvekl ekbkslaqql treatqaeie 841 adrsyqhslr lldsvsrlqg vsdqsfqvee akrikqkads lsblvbrhmd efkrbqknlg 901 nwkeeaqqll qngksgreks dqllsranla ksraqealsr gnabfyeves ilknlrefdl 50 961 qvdnrkaeae eamkrlsyis qkvsdasdkb qqaeralgsa aadaqrakng agealeisse 1021 ieqeigslnl eanvbadgal amekglaslk semrevegel erkelefdbn mdavqmvibe 1081 aqkvdbrakn agvbiqdbln bldgllhlmd qplsvdeegl vlleqklsra kbqinsqlrp 1141 mmseleerar qqrghlhlle bsidgiladv knlenirdnl ppgcynbqal eqq 15. SEQ ID NO:15 Human laminin gamma2 chain protein sequence (acc# 55 AAC50456) Alternative splice form 1 mpalwlgccl cfslllpaar absrrevcdc ngksrqcifd relhrqbgng frclncndnb 61 dgihcekckn gfyrhrerdr clpcncnskg slsarcdnsg rcsckpgvbg arcdrclpgf 121 hmlbdagcbq dqrlldskcd cdpagiagpc dagrcvckpa vbgercdrcr sgyynldggn 181 pegcbqcfcy ghsascrssa eysvhkibsb fhqdvdgwka vqrngspakl qwsqrhqdvf 60 241 ssaqrldpvy fvapakflgn qqvsygqsls fdyrvdrggr hpsahdvile gaglribapl 301 mplgkblpcg lbkbybfrln ehpsnnwspq lsyfeyrrll rnlbalrira bygeysbgyi 361 dnvblisarp vsgapapwve qcicpvgykg qfcqdcasgy krdsarlgpf gbcipcncqg 421 ggacdpdbgd cysgdenpdi ecadcpigfy ndphdprsck pcpchngfsc svmpebeew 481 cnncppgvbg arcelcadgy fgdpfgehgp vrpcqpcqcn nnvdpsasgn cdrlbgrclk 65 541 cihnbagiyc dqckagyfgd plapnpadkc racncnpmgs epvgcrsdgb cvckpgfggp 601 ncehgafscp acynqvkiqm dqfmqqlqrm ealiskaqgg dg pdbele grmqqaeqal 661 qdilrdaqis egaεrslglq lakvrsqens yqsrlddlkm bvervralgs qyqnrvrdbh 721 rlibqmqlsl aeseaslgnb nipasdhyvg pngfkslaqe abrlaeshve sasnmeqlbr 781 ebedyskqal slvrkalheg vgsgsgspdg a qglvekl ekbkslaqql breabqaeie 5 841 adrsyqhslr lldsvsrlqg vsdqsfqvee akrikqkads Istlvbrhmd efk bqknlg 901 nwkeeaqqll qngksgreks dqllsranla ksraqealsm gnabfyeves ilknlrefdl 961 qvdnrkaeae eamkrlsyis qkvsdasdkb qqaeralgsa aadaqrakng agealeisse 1021 ieqeigslnl eanvbadgal amekglaslk semrevegel erkelefdbn mdavqmv be 1081 aqkvdbrakn agvbiqdbln bldgllhlmg m 0 16. Degenerate Human integrin beta4 subunit cds atg gca gCg cca cgc ccc age cca bgg gcc agg cbg cbc cbg gca g c bbg abc age gbc age cbc tcb ggg ace bbg aac cgc bgc aag aag gcc cca gbg aag age bgc acg gag bgb gbc cgb gbg gab aag gac bgc gcc bac bgc aca gac gag abg tbc agg gaccggcgcbgcaacacccaggcggagcbgcbggccgcgggcbgccagcgggagagcabcgbggbcabggagagcagcbbc 5 caaabcacagaggagacccagabbgacaccacccbgcggcgcagccagabgbccccccaaggccbgcgggbccgbcbgcgg cccggbgaggagcggcabbbbgagcbggaggbgbbbgagccacbggagagccccgbggaccbgbacabccbcabggacbbc bccaacbccabgbccgabgabcbggacaaccbcaagaagabggggcagaaccbggcbcgggbccbgagccagcbcaccagc gac acacbabbggabbbggcaagbbbgbggacaaagbcagcgbcccgcagacggacabgaggccbgagaagcbgaaggag ccbtggcccaacagbgacccccccbbcbccbbcaagaacgbcabcagccbgacagaagabgbggabgagbbccggaataaa 0 cbgcagggagagcggabcbcaggcaaccbggabgcbccbgagggcggcbbcgabgccabccbgcagacagctgtgbgcacg agggacabbggcbggcgcccggacagcacccaccbgcbggbcbbcbccaccgagbcagccbbccacbabgaggcbgabggc gccaacgbgcbggcbggcabcabgagccgcaacgatgaacggbgccaccbggacaccacgggcaccbacacccagtacagg acacaggacbacccgbcggbgcccacccbggbgcgccbgcbcgccaagcacaacabcabccccabcbbbgcbgbcaccaac bac ccbabagcbacbacgagaagcbbcacaccbabbbcccbgbcbccbcacbgggggbgcbgcaggaggacbcgbccaac 5 abcgbggagcbgcbggaggaggccbbcaabcggabccgcbccaaccbggacabccgggcccbagacagcccccgaggccbb cggacagaggbcaccbccaagabgbbccagaagacgaggacbgggbccbbbcacabccggcggggggaagbgggba abac caggbgcagcbgcgggcccbbgagcacgbggabgggacgcacgbgbgccagcbgccggaggaccagaagggcaacabccab cbgaaaccbbccbbctccgacggccbcaagabggacgcgggcabcatcbgbgabgtgbgcaccbgcgagcbgcaaaaagag gbgcggbcagcbcgcbgcagcbbcaacggagacbbcgbgbgcggacagbgbgbgbgcagcgagggcbggagbggccagacc 0 bgcaacbgcbccaccggcbcbcbgagbgacabbcagcccbgccbgcgggagggcgaggacaagccgbgcbccggccgbggg gag gccagbgcgggcacbgbgbgbgcbacggcgaaggccgcbacgagggbcagbbcbgcgagbabgacaacbbccagbgb ccccgcacbbccgggbbccbcbgcaabgaccgaggacgcbgcbccabgggccagbgbgbgbgbgagccbggbbggacaggc ccaagcbgbgacbgbccccbcagcaabgccaccbgcabcgacagcaabgggggcabcbgbaabggacgbggccacbgbgag bgbggccgcbgccacbgccaccagcagbcgcbcbacacggacaccabcbgcgagabcaacbacbcggcgbccacccgggcc 5 bcbgcgaggaccbacgcbccbgcgbgcagbgccaggcgbggggcaccggcgagaagaaggggcgcacgbgtgaggaabgca acbbcaaggbcaagatggbggacgagcbbaagagaggcgaggaggbggbggbgcgcbgcbccbtccgggacgaggabgacg acbgcacctacagcbacaccabggaaggbgacggcgccccbgggcccaacagcacbgbccbggbgcacaagaagaagggac bgcccbccgggcbccbbcbggbggcbcabcccccbgcbccbccbccbccbgccgσbccbggcccbgcbacbgcbgcbabgc bggaagbacbgbgccbgcbgcaaggccbgccbggcacbbcbcccg gcbgcaaccgaggbcacabggbgggcbbbaaggaa 0 gaccacbacabgcbgcgggagaaccbgabggccbcbgaccacbbggacacgcccabgcbgcgcagcgggaaccbcaagggc cgbgac bggbccgcbggaaggbcaccaacaacabgcagcggccbggcbbbgccacbcabgccgccagcabcaaccccaca gagcbggbgcccbacgggcbgbccbbgcgccbggcccgccbbbgcaccgagaaccbgcbgaagccbgacacbcgggagbgc gcccagcbgcgccaggaggbggaggagaaccbgaacgaggbcbacaggcagabcbccggbgbacacaagcbccagcagacc aagtbccggcagcagcccaabgccgggaaaaagcaagaccacaccabbgbggacacagbgcbgabggcgccccgcbcggcc 5 aagccggcccbgcbgaagcbbacagagaagcaggbggaacagagggccbbccacgaccbcaaggbggcccccggcbacbac acccbcacbgcagaccaggacgcccggggcabggbggagbbccaggagggcgbggagcbggbggacgbacgggbgccccbc bbbabccggccbgaggabgacgacgagaagcagcbgcbggtggaggccabcgacgbgcccgcaggcacbgccacccbcggc cgccgccbggbaaacabcaccabcabcaaggagcaagccagagacgbggbgbccbbbgagcagccbgagbbcbcggbcagc cgcggggaccaggbggcccgcabcccbgbcabccggcgbgbccbggacggcgggaagbcccaggtcbccbaccgcacacag 0 gabggcaccgcgcagggcaaccgggacbacabccccgbggagggbgagcbgcbgbbccagccbggggaggccbggaaagag cbgcaggbgaagcbccbggagcbgcaagaagbbgacbcccbccbgcggggccgccaggbccgccgbbbccacgbccagcbc agcaacccbaag bggggcccaccbgggccagccccacbccaccaccabcabcabcagggacccagabgaacbggaccgg agc bcacgagbcagabgbbgbcabcacagccacccccbcacggcgacctgggcgccccgcagaaccccaabgc aaggcc gcbgggbccaggaagabccabbbcaacbggcbgcccccbbcbggcaagccaabggggbacagggbaaagbacbggabbcag 5 ggbgacbccgaabccgaagcccaccbgcbcgacagcaaggbgcccbcagbggagcbcaccaaccbgbacccgbabbgcgac babgagatgaaggbgbgcgccbacggggcbcagggcgagggacccbacagcbcccbggbgbccbgccgcacccaccaggaa gbgcccagcgagccagggcgbcbggcctbcaabgbcgbcbccbccacggbgacccagcbgagcbgggcbgagccggcbgag accaacggbgagabcacagccbacgaggbcbgcbabggcctggbcaacgabgacaaccgaccbabbgggcccabgaagaaa gbgcbggbbgacaacccbaagaaccggabgcbgcbbabbgagaaccbbcgggagbcccagcccbaccgcbacacggbgaag 0 gcgcgcaacggggccggcbgggggccbgagcgggaggccabcabcaaccbggccacccagcccaagaggcccabgbccabc cccabcabcccbgacabcccbabcgbggacgcccagagcggggaggacbacgacagcbbccbbabgbacagcgabgacgbb cbacgcbcbccabcgggcagccagaggcccagcgbcbccgabgacacbggcbgcggcbggaagbbcgagccccbgcbgggg gaggagcbggaccbgcggcgcgbcacgbggcggcbgcccccggagcbcabcccgcgcctgbcggccagcagcgggcgctcc bccgacgccgaggcgccccacgggcccccggacgacggcggcgcgggcgggaagggcggcagccbgccccgcagbgcgaca 5 cccgggccccccggagagcaccbggbgaabggccggabggacbbbgccbbcccgggcagcaccaacbcccbgcacaggabg accacgaccagbgcbgcbgccbabggcacccaccbgagcccacacgbgccccaccgcgbgcbaagcacabccbccacccbc acacgggacbacaacbcacbgacccgcbcagaacacbcacacbcgaccacacbgccgagggacbacbccacccbcaccbcc gbcbccbcccacggccbcccbcccabcbgggaacacgggaggagcaggcbbccgcbgbccbgggcccbggggbcccggagb cgggcbcagabgaaagggtbcccccctbccaggggcccacgagactcbabaabccbggcbgggaggccagcagcgcccbcc bggggcccagacbcbcgccbgacbgcbggbgbgcccgacacgcccacccgccbggbgbbcbcbgcccbggggcccacabcb 5 cbcagagbgagcbggcaggagccgcggbgcgagcggccgcbgcagggcbacagbgbggagbaccagcbgcbgaacggcggb gagcbgcabcggcbcaacabccccaacccbgcccagacc cggbggbggbggaagaccbccbgcccaaccacbccbacgbg bbccgcgbgcgggcccagagccaggaaggcbggggccgagagcgbgagggbgtcabcaccatbgaabcccaggbgcacccg cagagcccacbgbgtccccbgccaggcbccgccbbcacbbbgagcacbcccagbgccccaggcccgcbggbgbbcacbgcc cbgagcccagacbcgctgcagcbgagcbgggagcggccacggaggcccaabggggababcg cggcbaccbggbgaccbgb 10 gagabggcccaaggaggaggbccagccaccgcatbccgggbggabggagacagccccgagagccggcbgaccgbgccgggc cbcagcgagaacgbgcccbacaagbbcaaggbgcaggccaggaccacbgagggcbbcgggccagagcgcgagggcabcabc accabagagbcccaggabggaggbcccbbcccgcagcbgggcagccgbgccgggcbcbbccagcacccgcbgcaaagcgag bacagcagcabcbccaccacccacaccagcgccaccgagcccbbccbagbgggbccgacccbgggggcccagcaccbggag gcaggcggcbcccbcacccggcabgbgacccaggagbbbgbgagccggacacbgaccaccagcggaacccbbagcacccac 15 abggaccaacagbbcbbccaaacbbga 17. SEQ ID NO:17 Human beta4 integrin protein sequence Variant V at 34 to Ii 1 magprpspwa rlllaalisv slsgblnrck kaplksctec vrvdkdcayc bdemfrdrrc 61 nbqaellaag cqresiwme ssfqibeebq idbblrrsqm spqglrvrlr pgeerhfele 20 121 vfeplespvd lyilmdfsns msddldnlkk mgqnlarvls qlbsdybigf gkfvdkvsvp 181 qtdmrpeklk epwpnsdppf sfknvislbe dvdefrnklq gerisgnlda peggfdailq 241 bavcbrdigw rpdsbhllvf sbesafhyea dganvlagim srnderchld bbgbybgyrb 301 qdypsvpblv rllakhniip ifavbnysys yyeklhbyfp vsslgvlqed ssnivellee 361 afnrirsnld iraldsprgl rbevbskmfq kbrbgsfhir rgevgiyq q Iralehvdgb 25 421 hvcqlpedqk gnihlkpsfs dglkmdagii cdvcbcelqk evrsarcsfn gdfvcgqcvc 481 segwsgqbcn csbgslsdiq pclregedkp csgrgecqcg hcvcygegry egqfceydnf 541 qcprbsgflc ndrgrcsmgq cvcepgwbgp scdcplsnab cidsnggicn grghcecgrc 601 hchqqslybd biceinysas brasarbyap acsarrgapa rrrgarvrna bsrsrwwbsl 661 rearrwwcaa psgbrmbtap babpwkvbap Igpbalswcb rrrdcppgsf wwliplllll 30 721 pllalllll cwkycaccka clallpccnr ghmvgfkedh ymlrenlmas dhldbpmlrs 781 gnlkgrd r wkvbnnmqrp gfabhaasin pbelvpygls lrlarlcben llkpdbreca 841 qlrqeveenl nevyrqisgv hklqqbkfrq qpnagkkqdh bivdbvlmap rsakpallkl 901 bekqveqraf hdlkvapgyy blbadqdarg mvefqegvel vdvrvplfir pedddekqll 961 veaidvpagb ablgrrlvni biikeqardv vsfeqpefsv srgdqvarip virrvldggk 35 1021 sqvsyrbqdg baqgnrdyip vegellfqpg eawkelqvkl lelqevdsll rgrqvrrfhv 1081 qlsnpkfgah Igqphsbtii irdpdeldrs fbsqmlssqp pphgdlgapq npnakaagsr 1141 kihfnwlpps gkpmgyrvky wiqgdsesea hlldskvpsv elbnlypycd yemkvcayga 1201 qgegpysslv scrbhqevps epgrlafn v ssbvbqlswa epaebngeib ayevcyglvn 1261 ddnrpigpmk kvlvdnpknr mllienlres qpyrybvkar ngagwgpere aiinlabqpk 40 1321 rpmsipiipd ipivdaqsge dydsflmysd dvlrspsgsq rpsvsddbgc gwkfepllge 1381 eldlrrvbwr Ippeliprls assgrssdae aphgppddgg aggkggslpr sabpgppgeh 1441 lvngrmdfaf pgsbnslhrm bbbsaaaygb hlsphvphrv lsbssbltrd ynslbrsehs 1501 hsbtlprdys blbsvsshgl ppiwehgrsr Iplswalgsr sraqmkgfpp srgprdsiil 1561 agrpaapswg pdsrlbagvp dbpbrlvfsa lgpbslrvsw qeprcerplq gysveyqlln 45 1621 ggelhrlnip npaqbsvwe dllpnhsyvf rvraqsqegw greregvibi esqvhpqepl 1681 cplpgsafbl sbpsapgplv fbalspdslq lswerprrpn gdivgylvbc emaqgggpab 1741 afrvdgdspe srlbvpglse nvpykfkvqa rbbegfgper egiibiesqd ggpfpqlgsr 1801 aglfqhplqs eyssisbbhb sabepflvgp blgaqhleag gslbrhvbqe fvsrblbbsg 1861 blsbhmdqqf fqb 50 18. SEQ ID NO:18 Human integrin beta4 subunit cds Variant at 34 V to I: abg gca ggg cca cgc ccc age cca bgg gcc agg cbg etc cbg gca gcc bbg abc age gbc age cbc bcb ggg ace bbg aac cgc bgc aag aag gcc cca AbA aag age bgc acg gag tgb gtc cgt gbg gab aag gac bgc gcc tac tgc aca gac gag atg btc agg gaccggcgctgcaacacccaggcggagcbgcbggccgcgggcbgccagcgggagagcabcgbggbcabggagagcagcb c 55 caaabcacagaggagacccagabbgacaccacccbgcggcgcagccagabgbccccccaaggccbgcgggtccgbctgcgg cccggbgaggagcggcabbbbgagctggaggbgbbbgagccacbggagagccccgtggaccbgbacabccbcabggacbbc bccaacbccabgbccgabgatcbggacaaccbcaagaagabggggcagaaccbggctcgggbccbgagccagctcaccagc gactacactatbggabbbggcaagbbbgbggacaaagbcagcgbcccgcagacggacabgaggcctgagaagctgaaggag cctbggcccaacagbgacccccccbtctccbbcaagaacgbcabcagccbgacagaagabgbggatgagbbccggaabaaa 60 cbgcagggagagcggabcbcaggcaacctggabgcbccbgagggcggcbbcgabgccabccbgcagacagctgbgbgcacg agggacabtggcbggcgcccggacagcacccaccbgctggbcbbcbecaccgagbcagccbbccacbabgaggcbgabggc gccaacgbgctggcbggcatcabgagccgcaaegabgaacggbgccaccbggacaccacgggcaccbacacccagbacagg acacaggacbacccgbcggbgcccacccbggbgcgcctgcbcgccaagcacaacabcabccccabcbbtgcbgbcaccaac tacbccbabagcbacbacgagaagcbtcacaccbabtbcccbgbcbccbcacbgggggtgcbgcaggaggacbcgbccaac 65 atcgbggagctgctggaggaggccbbcaabcggabccgctccaacctggacabccgggcccbagacagcccccgaggccbb eggacagaggtcaccbccaagatgbbccagaagacgaggacbgggtccbbbcacabccggcggggggaagbgggtababac caggbgcagcbgcgggccctbgagcacgbggabgggacgcacgbgbgccagcbgccggaggaccagaagggcaacatccab cbgaaaccbtcctbctccgacggcctcaagabggacgcgggcabcabcbgbgabgbgbgcaccbgcgagcbgcaaaaagag gbgcggbcagcbcgcbgcagcbbcaacggagacbbcgbgbgcggacagbgbgbgbgcagcgagggcbggagtggccagacc bgcaacbgcbccaccggcbcbcbgagbgacabtcagcccbgccbgcgggagggcgaggacaagccgbgctccggccgtggg gagbgccagtgcgggcacbgbgtgbgcbacggcgaaggccgctacgagggbcagtbcbgcgagbabgacaacbbccagtgt ccccgcacbbccgggbtccbctgcaatgaccgaggacgc gctccabgggccagbgbgtgtgbgagccbggbbggacaggc ccaagcbgtgacbgbcccctcagcaabgccaccbgcabcgacagcaabgggggcabcbgbaabggacgbggccacbgtgag bgbggccgcbgccacbgccaccagcagtcgcbctacacggacaccatcbgcgagabcaacbacbcggcgbccacccgggcc bctgcgaggaccbacgcbccbgcgbgcagtgccaggcgbggggcaccggcgagaagaaggggcgcacgbgbgaggaabgca acbbcaaggbcaagabggbggacgagcbbaagagaggcgaggaggbggtggtgcgcbgcbccbbccgggacgaggabgacg acbgcaccbacagcbacaccabggaaggbgacggcgccccbgggcccaacagcacbgbccbggbgcacaagaagaagggac tgcccbccgggcbccbtcbggbggcbcabcccccbgcbccbccbccbcctgccgctccbggccctgcbacbgcbgctabgc bggaagbacbgbgccbgcbgcaaggccbgccbggcactbcbcccgbgcbgcaaccgaggbcacabggbgggcbbbaaggaa gaccactacabgcbgcgggagaacctgabggccbcbgaccacbbggacacgcccabgcbgcgcagcgggaaccbcaagggc cgtgacgtggtccgctggaaggtcaccaacaacabgcagcggccbggcbbtgccactcabgccgccagcabcaaccccaca gagcbggbgcccbacgggcbgbccbtgcgccbggcccgccbbbgcaccgagaaccbgcbgaagccbgacacbcgggagbgc gcccagcbgcgccaggaggbggaggagaaccbgaacgaggbcbacaggcagabcbccggbgbacacaagcbccagcagacc aagbbccggcagcagcccaabgccgggaaaaagcaagaccacaccattgbggacacagbgctgabggcgccccgcbcggcc aagccggcccbgcbgaagctbacagagaagcaggbggaacagagggccbbccacgaccbcaaggbggcccccggcbacbac acccbcacbgcagaccaggacgcccggggcabggbggagbbccaggagggcgbggagctggtggacgbacgggbgccccbc bbtabccggccbgaggabgacgacgagaagcagcbgcbggbggaggccabcgacgbgcccgcaggcacbgccacccbcggc cgccgccbggbaaacabcaccabcatcaaggagcaagccagagacgbggbgbccbbbgagcagccbgagbbcbcggbcagc cgcggggaccaggbggcccgcabcccbgbcatccggcgbgbcctggacggcgggaagtcccaggtcbccbaccgcacacag gatggcaccgcgcagggcaaccgggactacatccccgbggagggbgagcbgctgttccagcctggggaggcctggaaagag ctgcaggbgaagcbccbggagctgcaagaagtbgacbccc cc gcggggccgccaggbccgccgbbbccacgbccagcbc agcaacccbaagbtbggggcccaccbgggccagccccacbccaccaccabcabcabcagggacccagabgaacbggaccgg agc bcacgagtcagabgbbgbcabcacagccaeccccbcacggcgaccbgggcgccccgcagaaccccaabgetaaggcc gcbgggbccaggaagabccabbtcaactggcbgccccctbcbggcaagccaabggggtacagggtaaagtactggabbcag ggbgactccgaabccgaagcccacctgctcgacagcaaggtgcccbcagbggagcbcaccaaccbgtacccgbabbgcgac babgagabgaaggbgbgcgccbacggggcbcagggcgagggacccbacagcbcccbggbgbccbgccgcacccaccaggaa gbgcccagcgagccagggcgtctggccttcaatgbcgbcbccbccacggbgacccagcbgagcbgggcbgagccggcbgag accaacggbgagabcacagccbacgaggbcbgcba ggccbggtcaacgabgacaaccgaccbabbgggcccabgaagaaa gbgcbggbtgacaaccctaagaaccggabgcbgcbbabbgagaacctbcgggagbcccagccctaccgcbacacggbgaag gcgcgcaacggggccggcbgggggccbgagcgggaggccabcatcaacctggccacccagcccaagaggcccabgtccatc cccabcabccctgacabcccbabcgbggacgcccagagcggggaggacbacgacagcbbccbbabgbacagcgabgacgbb cbacgcbcbccabcgggcagccagaggcccagcgbcbccgabgacacbggcbgcggcbggaagbbcgagccccbgcbgggg gaggagcbggaccbgcggcgcgtcacgbggcggc gcccccggagctca cccgcgccbgbcggccagcagcgggcgctcc bccgacgccgaggcgccccacgggcccccggacgacggcggcgcgggcgggaagggcggcagccbgccccgcagbgcgaca cccgggccccccggagagcaccbggbgaabggccggabggacb bgccbtcccgggcagcaccaacbcccbgcacaggabg accacgaccagtgcbgctgccbatggcacccaccbgagcccacacgbgccccaccgcgtgcbaagcacabccbccacccbc acacgggacbacaactcacbgacccgcbcagaacacbcacacbcgaccacactgccgagggacbacbccacccbcaccbcc gbctccbcccacggccbccctcccabcbgggaacacgggaggagcaggctbccgcbgbccbgggcccbggggbcccggagb cgggcbcagabgaaagggbbccccccttccaggggcccacgagacbcbabaabcctggcbgggaggccagcagcgcccbcc bggggcccagacbcbcgcctgactgcbggbgbgcccgacacgcccacccgccbggbgbtctcfcgcccbggggcccacabcb cbcagagbgagcbggcaggagccgcggbgcgagcggccgcbgcagggcbacagbgbggagbaccagcbgctgaacggcggt gagcbgcabcggcbcaacabccccaacccbgcccagaccbcggbggbggbggaagaccbccbgcccaaccacbccbacgbg bbccgcgbgcgggcccagagccaggaaggcbggggccgagagcgbgagggbgbcatcaccabbgaabcccaggbgcacccg cagagcccacbgbgbccccbgccaggcbccgccbbcacbbbgagcacbcccagbgccccaggcccgcbggbgbbcacbgcc cbgagcccagacbcgcbgcagcbgagcbgggagcggccacggaggcccaabggggaba cgtcggcbacctggbgaccbgb gagabggcccaaggaggaggbccagccaccgcatbccgggbggabggagacagccccgagagccggctgaccgbgccgggc cbcagcgagaacgbgccctacaagbbcaaggbgcaggccaggaccacbgagggcbbcgggccagagcgcgagggcabcabc accabagagbcccaggabggaggtccctbcccgcagcbgggcagccgbgccgggctcttccagcacccgctgcaaagcgag tacagcagcabcbccaccacccacaccagcgccaccgagcccttcctagtgggtccgaccctgggggcccagcaccbggag gcaggcggcbcccbcacccggcabgbgacccaggagb bgbgagccggacactgaccaccagcggaacccbbagcacccac atggaccaacagbbcbtccaaactbga 19. SEQ ID N0.19 Degenerate Human integrin befa4 subunit cds variant at 34 Vto I: abg gca ggg cca cgG ccc age cca bgg gcc agg cbg cbc cbg gca gcc bbg abc age gbc age cbc bcb ggg ace bbg aac cgc bgc aag aag gcc cca AtA aag age bgc acg gag tgt gtc cgt gtg gab aag gac bgc gcc bac bgc aca gac gag abg tbc agg gaccggcgcbgcaacacccaggcggagcbgcbggccgcgggcbgccagcgggagagcabcgbggbcatggagagcagcbtc caaabcacagaggagacccagattgacaccaccctgcggcgcagccagatgbccccccaaggccbgcgggbccgtctgcgg cccggbgaggagcggcabbbbgagctggaggtgbbbgagccacbggagagccccgbggaccbgbacabccbcabggacbbc bccaacbccabgtccgabgabebggacaaccbcaagaagabggggcagaaccbggctcgggtccbgagccagcbcaccagc gacbacacbabbggattbggcaagbbbgbggacaaagtcagcgbcccgcagacggacatgaggccbgagaagctgaaggag ccbbggcccaacagbgacccccccbbcbccbbcaagaacgbcabcagccbgacagaagabgbggabgagbtccggaabaaa cbgcagggagagcggabcbcaggcaaccbggabgcbccbgagggcggcbbcgabgccabccbgcagacagctgbgbgcacg agggacabbggcbggcgcccggacagcacccaccbgcbggbcbbcbccaccgagbcagcctbccacbabgaggcbgabggc gccaacgtgcbggcbggcabcabgagccgcaacgabgaacggbgccacctggacaccacgggcaccbacacccagbacagg acacaggacbacccgbcggbgcccacccbggbgcgccbgcbcgccaagcacaacabcabccccabctttgcbgbcaccaac bacbccbabagctacbacgagaagctbcacaccbabbbccctgtcbccbcacbgggggbgcbgcaggaggacbcgbccaac abcgbggagcbgcbggaggaggccbbcaabcggabccgcbccaaccbggacabccgggcccbagacagcccccgaggccbb cggacagaggbcaccbccaagabgtbccagaagacgaggacbgggtccbbbcacabccggcggggggaagtgggbababac caggtgcagcbgcgggcccbtgagcacgtggabgggacgcacgbgbgccagctgccggaggaccagaagggcaacabccab ctgaaaccbbccbbcbccgacggccbcaagabggacgcgggcabcabctgbgabgtgbgcaccbgcgagcbgcaaaaagag gtgcggbcagcbcgcbgcagcbbcaacggagacbbcgbgtgcggacagtgbgtgtgcagcgagggctggagtggccagacc bgcaacbgcbccaccggcbctcbgagbgacattcagcccbgccbgcgggagggcgaggacaagccgbgcbccggccgtggg gagbgccagbgcgggcacbgbgbgbgcbacggcgaaggccgcbacgagggbcagbbcbgcgagbabgacaacbbccagbgt ccccgcactbccgggbbccbctgcaabgaccgaggacgc gc ccabgggccagbgbgbgbgbgagccbggbbggacaggc ccaagcbgbgacbgbccccbcagcaabgccacctgcabcgacagcaabgggggcabcbgtaabggaegbggccacbgtgag tgbggccgcbgccacbgccaccagcagbcgcbctacacggacaccatcbgcgagabcaacbactcggcgbccacccgggcc bcbgcgaggaccbacgcbccbgcgbgcagbgccaggcgbggggcaccggcgagaagaaggggcgcacgbgbgaggaatgca actbcaaggtcaagatggbggacgagcbbaagagaggcgaggaggbggbggbgcgcbgcbccbbccgggacgaggatgacg acbgcaccbacagcbacaccabggaaggtgacggcgccccbgggcccaacagcacbgbccbggbgcacaagaagaagggac bgcccbccgggcbccbbctggbggcbcabcccccbgcbccbcctccbccbgccgcbccbggcccbgcbacbgcbgcbabgc tggaagtacbgtgccbgcbgcaaggccbgccbggcactbcbcccgtgctgcaaccgaggbcacatggtgggcbttaaggaa gaccacbacabgcbgcgggagaaccbgabggccbcbgaccacbtggacacgcccabgcbgcgcagcgggaaccbcaagggc cgbgacgbggbccgcbggaaggbcaccaacaacabgcagcggcctggctbbgccacbcatgccgccagcabcaaccccaca gagcbggbgccctacgggctgtcctbgcgccbggcccgcctbbgcaccgagaaccbgcbgaagccbgacacbcgggagbgc gcccagcbgcgccaggaggbggaggagaacctgaacgaggtctacaggcagabcbccggtgtacacaagctccagcagacc aagbbccggcagcagcccaabgccgggaaaaagcaagaccacaccabbgbggacacagbgcbgabggcgccccgctcggcc aagccggcccbgcbgaagcbbacagagaagcaggbggaacagagggccbbccacgaccbcaaggbggcccccggcbacbac acccbcacbgcagaccaggacgcccggggcabggbggagttccaggagggcgtggagcbggbggacgbacgggbgccccbc tttabccggcctgaggabgacgacgagaagcagcbgctggtggaggccabcgacgbgcccgcaggcactgccaccctcggc cgccgccbggbaaacabcaccabcabcaaggagcaagccagagacgbggbgbccbbtgagcagccbgagbbc cggbcagc cgcggggaccaggbggcccgcabcccbgbcabccggcgbgbccbggacggcgggaagtcccaggtcbccbaccgcacacag gabggcaccgcgcagggcaaccgggacbacabccccgbggagggbgagcbgcbgbbccagccbggggaggcctggaaagag cbgcaggbgaagcbccbggagctgcaagaagbbgacbcccbccbgcggggccgccaggbccgccgbbbccacgbccagcbc agcaacccbaagbbbggggcccaccbgggccagccccacbccaccaccatcabcabcagggacccagabgaacbggaccgg agcbbcacgagbcagabgbbgbcatcacagccacccccbcacggcgaccbgggcgccccgcagaaccccaa gcbaaggcc gcbgggbccaggaagabccabbtcaacbggcbgcccccbbcbggcaagccaabggggbacagggbaaagbactggabbcag ggbgactccgaabccgaagcccaccbgctcgacagcaaggtgcccbcagbggagcbcaccaacctgbacccgtat gcgac babgagabgaaggtgbgcgccbacggggcbcagggcgagggacccbacagcbcccbggbgbccbgccgcacccaccaggaa gbgcccagcgagccagggcgbcbggccbbcaabgbcgtcbccbccacggbgacccagcbgagcbgggcbgagccggcbgag accaacggbgagatcacagcctacgaggbcbgcbabggccbggbcaacgabgacaaccgaccbabbgggcccabgaagaaa gtgctggbtgacaacccbaagaaccggabgctgctbatbgagaaccbbcgggagbcccagccctaccgcbacacggbgaag gcgcgcaacggggccggcbgggggccbgagcgggaggccabcabcaaccbggccacccagcccaagaggccca gbccabc cccabcabcccbgacabcccbabcgbggacgcccagagcggggaggacbacgacagcbbccbbabgbacagcgatgacgbb cbacgcbctccabcgggcagccagaggcccagcgbcbccgatgacacbggcbgcggcbggaagbbcgagccccbgcbgggg gaggagctggacctgcggcgcgbcacgtggcggcbgcccccggagcbcatcccgcgccbgbcggccagcagcgggcgcbcc bccgacgccgaggcgccccacgggcccccggacgacggcggcgcgggcgggaagggcggcagccbgccccgcagbgcgaca cccgggccccccggagagcaccbggbgaabggccggabggacttbgccbbcccgggcagcaccaacbcccbgcacaggabg accacgaccagbg bgc gcctatggcacccacctgagcccacacgbgccccaccgcgbgctaagcacabcctccaccctc acacgggacbacaacbcactgacccgctcagaacactcacacbcgaccacacbgccgagggactacbccaccctcacctcc gbcbccbcccacggccbcccbcccabcbgggaacacgggaggagcaggcbbccgctgbcctgggcccbggggbcccggagb cgggcbcagabgaaagggtbccccccbbccaggggcccacgagacbctabaatccbggcbgggaggccagcagcgcccbcc bggggcccagactcbcgccbgac gcbggbgbgcccgacacgcccacccgccbggbgbbcbcbgcccbggggcccacabcb cbcagagbgagcbggcaggagccgcggbgcgagcggccgctgcagggctacagtgtggagtaccagctgcbgaacggcggb gagcbgcabcggcbcaacabccccaacccbgcccagaccbcggbggbggbggaagaccbccbgcccaaccacbccbacgtg bbccgcgbgcgggcccagagccaggaaggcbggggccgagagcgbgagggbgbcabcaccabbgaabcccaggbgcacccg cagagcccacbgbgbccccbgccaggcbccgccbbcacbt gagcactcccagtgccccaggcccgctggtgbbcacbgcc ctgagcccagactcgcbgcagcbgagcbgggagcggccacggaggcccaabggggababcgbcggcbaccbggbgaccbgb gagabggcccaaggaggaggbccagccaccgcabbccgggbggabggagacagccccgagagccggcbgaccgbgccgggc cbcagcgagaacgbgcccbacaagbbcaaggbgcaggccaggaccactgagggcbbcgggccagagcgcgagggcabcabc accatagagtcccaggatggaggtcccttcccgcagctgggcagccgtgccgggctcbbccagcacccgcbgcaaagcgag bacagcagcabcbccaccacccacaccagcgccaccgagcccbtccbagbgggtccgacccbgggggcccagcacctggag gcaggcggctcccbcacccggcabgbgacccaggagbbtgbgagccggacacbgaccaccagcggaacccbbagcacccac atggaccaacagtbc tccaaacbbga

Claims: What is claimed is 1 A method of leducmg the piohferation of a cancel cell which comprises inhibiting ligand binding to an integπn receptor on the cancer cell, wheiein the integiin leceptoi compiises an integπn 2 The method of claim 1, wherein the integiin leceptoi compπses integiin B4 3 The method of claim 1 wherein the integiin leceptor compiises integiin Aδ 4 The method of claim 1 wheiein the ligand that binds to the integπn leceptoi is lamιnιn5 5 The method of claim 1, wheiein the integrin leceptoi is A6B4 6 The method of claim I, wheiein the ligand comprises lamιnιn5 7 The method of claim 1, wherein the ligand comprises the gamma 2 subunit of lamιnιn5 8 The method of claim 1 wheiein inhibiting hgand binding to an integrin receptor comprises contacting a Aβ integπn with a composition that inhibits ligand binding 9 The method of claim 1, wherein inhibiting ligand binding to an integrin receptoi comprises contacting a B4 integπn with a composition that inhibits ligand binding 10 The method of claim I, wherein inhibiting ligand binding to an integiin receptor comprises contacting a lamιnιn5 with a composition that inhibits ligand binding 11 The method of claim 1 wheiein inhibiting ligand binding to an integiin receptor compiises contacting a gamma-2 subunit with a composition that inhibits ligand binding 12 A method of reducing the proliferation of a cancer cell which comprises leducing integrm integrm interaction, integπn receptor clustering interaction, or integrin-non-integrin piotein interaction 13 The method of claim 12, wherein reducing integπn integiin inteiaction, integrin receptor clustering inteiaction, or integrin-non-integrin protein inteiaction comprises contacting a A6 integrin with a composition that inhibits an interaction between the B4 integiin and another integrin oi protein molecule 14 The method of claim 12, wheiein reducing integiin integiin inteiaction, integiin reLeptor clustering intei action, or integπn-non-integπn pi otein interaction comprises contacting a B4 integrin with a composition that inhibits the interaction between the B4 integrin and anothei integrin oi piotein molecule 15 The method of claim 12, wherein leducing integi in-integiin inteiaction, integi in receptor clustering inteiaction, oi integrin-non-integrin piotein inteiaction compiises contacting a lamimnS with a composition that inhibits ligand binding 16 The method of claim 12, wherein reducing lntegun-integπn interaction, integrin leceptor clusteiing interaction, oi integun-non-integun piotein inteiaction compiises contacting a gamma2 subunit with a composition that inhibits ligand binding 17 The method of claim 12 wheiein the non-integun protein compiises a giowth factoi receptor 18 The method of claim 12 wherein the non-integπn protein compiises a hemi- desomosome junction 19 The method of claim 12 wheiein the non-integπn piotein compiises a SH2 domain 20 The method of claim 19, wheiein the non-integπn protein comprises a She protein 21 The method of claim 12 wherein the non integrin protein compiises a IRS 1 piotein 22 The method of claim 12 wherein the non-mtegnn protein comprises a IRS-2 protein 23 A method of reducing the proliferation of a cancer cell which comprises reducing the production of an integrin by the cancer cell 24 The method of claim 23 wherein the production of an integiin is ieduced by inhibiting signaling leading to induction of expiession of an mtegrin 25 The method of claim 23 wherein reducing the production of an integrin compiises inhibiting alphaδ production 26 The method of claim 25, wheiein inhibiting alphaδ production further compiises using antisense molecules to alphaδ mRNA 27 The method of claim 23 wherein leducing the production of an integrm comprises inhibiting beta4 production 28 The method of claim 27 wherein inhibiting beta4 production furthei comprises using antisense molecules to beta4 mRNA 29 A method of reducing the proliferation of a cancer cell which compiises reducing the production of an integπn receptor ligand by the cancer cell 30 The method of claim 29, wherein reducing the production of an integiin receptor ligand compπses inhibiting gamma2 production 31 The method of claim 29 wherein reducing the production of an integrin leceptoi ligand compπses inhibiting laminin production 32 The method of claim 29, herein i educing the production of an integrin receptoi ligand comprises inhibiting lamιnιn5 production 33 A method of 1 educing the proliferation of a cancer cell which comprises interfering with an integrin signaling pathway 34 The method of claim 33, wheiein lnterfeung with an integπn signaling pathway comprises contacting an A6 integrin in the cell with a composition that inhibits ligand binding 35 The method of claim 33, wheiein interfering with an integiin signaling pathway comprises contacting a B4 integiin with a composition that inhibits ligand binding 36 The method of claim 33, wherein interfering with an mtegrin signaling pathway comprises contacting a lamιnιn5 with a composition that inhibits ligand binding 37 The method of claim 33, wherein interfering with an integiin signaling pathway comprises contacting a gamma2 subunit with a composition that inhibits ligand binding 38 The method of claim 33, wheiein interfering with an integπn signaling pathway compπses contacting the cancer cell with a molecule that interfeies with at least one of tahn, paxilhn, vinculin, a CAS family protein, CRX, NCK, FAK, ILK, Src, Fyn, She, Grb-2, Guaning nucleotide exchange factors, SOS, DOCK 180, Vav, Syk, P 1 3 kinase, AKT, Bad, Bid, Caspase 9, Cdc42, PAK, Rac, Rho, Rho kinase, Ras, Caveolin, Tetraspan, Receptor-type piotein tyrosine phosphatase, SHP-2, Alpha-actinin, Filamin, Cytohesin, Beta3 endonexin, ICAP-1, RACK-1, CIB, actin, receptor tyrosine kinase, IRS-1 or IRS-2 39 The method of claim 33, wherein interfering with an mtegrin signaling pathway compπses contacting the cancer cell with an agent that intei feres with post-translational modification of integrins 40 The method of claim 39, wherein the post translational modification is glycosylation or phosphorylation 41 The method of claims 1, 12, 23, 29, 33 wherein the integrin compπses an Aβ integiin 42 The method of claims 1, 12, 23, 29, 33, wheiein the integiin compiises a B4 integiin 43 The method of claims 1, 12, 23, 29, 33, furthei compnsmg reducing a Iamιnιn5 integrin inteiaction 44 The method of claims 1, 12, 23 29 33 further comprising i educing a lamιnιn5 gamma2 integrin interaction 45 The method of claims 1, 12, 23 29, 33, wheiein reducing the pro fei ation of the cancer cells is selective 46 The method of claims 1, 12, 23 29, 33, wheiein the cancer cell is not an MDA-MB 435 cell 47 The method of claims 1, 12, 23, 29 33 wherein the cancer cell is not an HMT-3522 cell 48 The method of claims 1, 12, 23, 29 33, wherein the cancer cell is not an RKO colon carcinoma line 49 The method of claims 1, 12, 23, 29, 33, heiein the cancer cell does not express exogenous B4 integiin 50 The method of claims 1, 12, 23 29 33, further comprising contacting the cancel cells with a small molecule, peptide, peptide mimetic, or oligonucleotide or synthetic analog thereof 51 The method of claim 50, wherein the cancer cells are contacted with dominant- negative beta 4 integrm 52 The method of claim 50, wherein the cancel cell is contacted with an antisense molecule 53 The method of claim 52, wherein the antisense molecule is linked to a leadei sequence which enables translocahon across a cell membrane 54 The method of claim 53, wherein the leader sequence binds to a cell surface piotein which facilitates internalization 55 The method of claim 54, wherein the leader sequence is TAT oi antennapedia, oi fragment thereof 56 The method of claim 52, wherein the antisense molecule is an alphaό RNA antisense molecule 57 The method of claim 47, wherein the small molecule peptide, peptide mimetic, or oligonucleotide or synthetic analog thereof is linked to a carrier 58 The method of claim 57, wherein the carrier is at least one of a lipidic carrier charged carrier, retioviial caπier, TAT or fragment thereof, antennapedia or fragment thereof or polyethylene glycol 59 The method of any one of claims 1, 12, 23, 29 33, further compnsmg contacting the cancer cell with another agent which modulates cell signaling, a chemotherapeutic drug, or treated with radiation or angiogenesis inhibitor 60 The method of any of claims 1 12 23 29 33 wherein reducing the piohfeiation of cancer cell is in x itro 61 The method of any of claims 1 12 23 29, 33 wherein reducing the piohfeiation of the cancel cell is m vivo 62 The method of any of claims 1, 12, 23 29, 33, wherein the cancel cell is selected from the group consisting of melanoma, adenoma, lymphoma, myeloma, caicinoma, plasmocytoma, saicoma ghoma, thyoma, leukemia, skin cancer, retinal cancer breast cancer, prostate cancer, colon cancel, esophageal cancer stomac cancer, pancreas cancer biain tumoi s lung cancer, ovaπan cancel, ceivical cancel, hepatic cancer, gastrointestinal cancel, and head and neck cancer cells 63 The method of claims 1, 12, 3, 9, 33, wherein the cancer cell is killed 64 The method of claims 1, 12, 23, 29, 33, wherein the cancer cell expresses a mutated Ras 65 The method of claims 1, 12, 23 29, 33, wherein the cancel cell expresses a mutated Ras and a mutated p53 66 The method of claims 1, 12, 23, 29, 33, wherein the cancer cell expresses a mutated Ras and activates the AKT/PKB protein 67 The method of claims 1, 12, 23, 29, 33, wherein the cancer cell expresses a mutated Ras, a mutated p53, and activates the AKT/PKB protein 68 The method of claims 1, 12, 23, 29, 33, wherein the cancer cell expresses a mutated APC 69 The method of claims 1, 12 23, 29, 33, wherein the cancel cell expresses a mutated Ras and mutated APC 70 A method of isolating molecules that bind with a target molecule selected from the group consisting, B4 integrm, alphaό tegrm, and the gamma2 subunit of lamιnm5 comprising 1) contacting a library of molecules with the target molecule and 2) collecting molecules that bind the target molecule producing an ennched population of molecules 71 The method of claim 70, further compπsing the step of repeating steps 1 and 2 with the enriched population of molecules 72 The method of claim 70, wherein the hbiary compiises a small molecule, peptide peptide mimetic, or oligonucleotide 73 A method of assessing a subject's nsk of developing cancer compnsmg deteimining the amount of Aδ present in a taiget cell obtained from the subject wherein a deteiminahon of increased levels of Aδ correlates With an increased risk of cancel 74 The method of claim 73, further compnsmg compaπng the amount A6 present to the amount in a control cell 75 The method of claim 73, wherein deteimining the amount of Aβ present in the taiget cell comprises assaying the amount of A6 mRNA in the cell 76 The method of claim 75, wherein the assaying the amount of mRNA in the cell compiises hybndizing a Aδ piobe to a sample of the subject's mRNA 77 The method claim 75 wherein the assaying the amount of mRNA in the cell compπses hybndizing a A6 pπmei to a sample of the subject's mRNA 78 The method claim 77, wherein the assaying the amount of mRNA furthei compiises performing an nucleic acid amplification reaction involving the primer 79 The method of claim 78, wherein the nucleic acid amplification reaction compiises reverse transcription, producing a cDNA 80 The method of claim 79, wherein the nucleic acid amplification reaction furthei comprises perfoimmg a polymerase chain reaction on the cDNA 81 The method of claim 73, wherein determining the amount of A6 present in the target cell comprises assaying the amount of A6 protein in the cell 82 A method of assessing a subject's risk of acquiring cancer compπsing determining the amount of B4 present in a target cell obtained from the subject, wherein a determination of increased levels of B4 conelates with an increased risk of cancer 83 The method of claim 82, further comprising comparing the amount B4 present to the amount in a control cell 84 A method of assessing a subject's risk of acquiring cancel comprising deteimining the amount of lamιnιn5 present in a target cell obtained from the subject wherein a determination of increased levels of lamιmn5 coirelates with an increased risk of cancer 85 The method of claim 84, further comprising compaπng the amount lamιmn5 present to the amount in a control cell 86 A method of assessing a subject's risk of acquiring cancer compπsing determining the amount of gamma2 subunit present in a target cell obtained from the subject, wherein a determination of increased levels of gamma2 subunit conelates with an increased nsk of cancer 87 The method of claim 86, further comprising companng the amount gamma2 subunit present to the amount in a control cell 88 A method of reducing the proliferation of a cancer cell in a patient which comprises administering to the patient a composition which inhibits ligand binding to an integrm receptor on the cancer cell, wherein the tegiin receptor compiises an tegiin 89 A method of reducing the proliferation of a cancel cell in a patient which compiises administeimg to the patient a composition which reduces integrin-integnn inteiaction, integnn leceptoi clusteiing interaction, or integπn-non-integπn protein inteiaction 90 A method of reducing the prohfeiation of a cancer cell in a patient which comprises administering to the patient a composition which reduces the production of an integnn or lamin by the cancer cell 91 A method of reducing the proliferation of a cancer cell in a patient which co pi ises administering to the patient a composition which interfers with an integnn signaling pathway 92 The methods of claims 88-91, wherein the reduction in cancer cell proliferation is selective 93 The method of any of claims 88-91, wherein the administenng is local or systemic 94 The method of any of claims 88-91, wherein the patient is additionally administered an agent which modulates cell signaling, a chemotherapeutic diug, oi treated with radiation or angiogenesis inhibitor 95 The method of claim 94, wherein the additional agent is administered seπally or in combination 96 The method of claim 93, wherein the local administering is direct application to cancer cells 97 The method of claim 96, wherein the direct application to cancer cells is performed dunng surgery 98 The method of claim 97, wherein the direct application to cancel cells is performed topically to cancerous tissue 99 The method of claim 94, wherein the systemic administration is by subcutaneous intraperitoneal, lntra-arteπal, intiavenous, or bolus administration, or by application through a catheter or similar apparatus 100 The method of claim 94 wherein the systemic administiation comprises a long- term release formulation 101 The method of claim 94, wherein the systemic administration is by oral administration 102 The method of claim 101 wherein the oral administration compiises administeimg a pill, capsule tablet, liquid oi suspension 103 A method of reducing the piohfeiation of a cancer cell in a patient which compπses administeimg to a patient a vector comprising coding sequence foi a protein 01 peptide which inhibits ligand binding to integnn receptois on cancel cells wherein the coding sequence is under the control of a promoter which functions in mammalian cells 104 A method of reducing the proliferation of a cancel cell in a patient which comprises administeimg to a patient a vector comprising coding sequence foi a protein or peptide which prevents mtegiin receptor subumts from mtet acting with one another, prevents integnn receptor clustering inteiaction, oi prevents integnn receptor subumts from interacting with othei proteins on cancer cells wherein the coding sequence is under the control of a promote! which functions in mammalian cells 105 A method of reducing the proliferation of a cancer cell in a patient which compnses administeimg to a patient a vectoi comprising coding sequence for a protein or peptide which prevents integnn receptor subumts from inteiacting with one another, prevents integnn receptor clustering interaction or prevents tegrm receptoi subumts from interacting with other proteins in cancer cells wherein the coding sequence is under the control of a promoter which functions in mammalian cells 106 A method of reducing the proliferation of a cancer cell in a patient which compnses administeimg to a patient a vector comprising coding sequence for a protein or peptide which interferes with integnn subunit or laminin production wherein the coding sequence is undei the control of a promoter which functions in mammalian cells 107 A method of reducing the proliferation of a cancer cell in a patient which compπses administering to a patient a vector comprising coding sequence for a piotein or peptide which interferes with an integnn signaling pathway of cells wherein the coding sequence is under the control of a promoter which functions in mammalian cells 108 The methods of claims 103-107, wherein the reduction in cancel cell proliferation is selective 109 The method of claims 103-107 wherein the vector is administered directly to a cancer cell 110 The method of claims 103-107, wherein the vectoi is administered directly to a normal cell 111 The method of claims 103-107, wheiein the vector is packaged in a vnal vectoi or liposome 112 The method of claim 88 wherein the vector is a retioviial vectoi 113 The method of any one of claims 103-107, wherein the vectoi is administered systemically 1 14 The method of claim 109, wherein the direct administration is by topical application 1 15 The method of claim 1 1 1 , wherein the direct administiation is by topical application 116 The method of claim 114, wherein the direct administiation is perfoimed dunng surgery 117 The method of claim 1 15, wherein the direct administiation is performed dunng surgery 118 The method of any of claims 103-107, wherein the patient is an animal 119 The method of claim 118 wherein the animal is a mammal 120 The method of claim 119, wherein the mammal is human 121. The method of claims 103-107, wherein the cancer cells are selected from the group consisting of melanoma, adenoma, lymphoma, myeloma, carcinoma, plasmocytoma, sarcoma, g oma, thyoma, leukemia, skin cancer, retinal cancer, breast cancer, prostate cancer, colon cancel, esophageal cancer, stomac cancer, pancreas cancer, brain tumors, lung cancer, ovarian cancer, cervical cancer, hepatic cancer, gastrointestinal cancer, and head and neck cancel cells 122 The method of any of claims 103-107 wherein the patient is additionally administered at least one of another agent which modulates cell signaling, a chemotheiapeutic drug, an angiogenesis inhibitoi oi treated with radiation 123. The method of claim 120 wherein the other agent which modifies cell signaling, chemotherapeutic diug, angiogenesis inhibitor or radiation treatment is administered serially or in combination

Inventors: DELEU LAURENT, LAND HARTMUT, DELEU, LAURENT, LAND, HARTMUT
Applicants: DELEU LAURENT, LAND HARTMUT, UNIV ROCHESTER, DELEU, LAURENT, LAND, HARTMUT, UNIVERSITY OF ROCHESTER
Application year: 2001
Main classification: A61K45
IPC codes: A61K31, A61K35, A61K38, A61K45, A61K47, A61K48, A61P35, C07K14, C12N15